TW201601505A - Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device - Google Patents

Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201601505A
TW201601505A TW104116712A TW104116712A TW201601505A TW 201601505 A TW201601505 A TW 201601505A TW 104116712 A TW104116712 A TW 104116712A TW 104116712 A TW104116712 A TW 104116712A TW 201601505 A TW201601505 A TW 201601505A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
wireless
cellular protocol
protocol software
communication device
stack
Prior art date
Application number
TW104116712A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI587666B (en
Inventor
史劍雄
利 宿
苗強
婁文平
Original Assignee
蘋果公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 蘋果公司 filed Critical 蘋果公司
Publication of TW201601505A publication Critical patent/TW201601505A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI587666B publication Critical patent/TWI587666B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0066Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of control information between different types of networks in order to establish a new radio link in the target network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/12Messaging; Mailboxes; Announcements
    • H04W4/14Short messaging services, e.g. short message services [SMS] or unstructured supplementary service data [USSD]

Abstract

Apparatus and methods to support multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device are disclosed. A representative method includes dividing a set of mobility management tasks between a first wireless cellular protocol software stack and a second wireless cellular protocol software stack; executing the set of mobility management tasks in parallel when the first wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with but not connected to a first wireless network and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with but not connected to a second wireless network; and sharing information obtained from the execution between the first and second wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Representative mobility management tasks include searching for public land mobile networks, measuring serving cells and/or neighbor cells, and evaluating cell reselection and handover options. Representative information shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks includes cell measurements, cell lists, and/or wireless circuitry settings.

Description

用於在無線通信裝置中之複數個用戶識別的協同作用之方法及裝置 Method and apparatus for synergy of a plurality of user identifications in a wireless communication device

所描述之實施例大體而言係關於無線通信,且更特定而言係關於用以藉由促進複數個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的協同作用支援在無線通信裝置中之複數個用戶識別的方法及裝置。 The described embodiments relate generally to wireless communications, and more particularly to supporting a plurality of user identifications in a wireless communication device by facilitating synergy between a plurality of wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Method and device.

第四代(4G)蜂巢式網路採用實施第三代通信合作夥伴計劃(3GPP)長期演進(LTE)及先進LTE(LTE-A)標準的更新的無線電存取技術系統,該第四代(4G)蜂巢式網路正快速地由全球網路運營商與舊版第二代(2G)及第三代(3G)無線網路並行開發及部署。無線通信裝置可包括(例如)基於哪些無線網路在特定位置可用、基於可用的無線網路之能力、基於無線通信裝置之能力、基於由無線網路提供的特定服務之屬性及/或基於無線通信裝置所關聯之服務訂用與不同類型之無線網路連結之能力。包括用戶識別模組(SIM)通信的可卸除式通用積體電路卡(UICC)可由「未鎖定」無線通信裝置中之另一UICC/SIM組合替換,以提供對與不同用戶識別相關聯之服務的不同集合的存取,該用戶識別模組(SIM)包括准許無線通信裝置之使用者與無線網路連結且存取特定服務的驗證憑證。適應多個UICC/SIM的無線通信裝置提供待由同一 無線通信裝置使用以連結至兩個或兩個以上不同無線網路(及/或連結至同一無線網路)且存取與複數個用戶識別相關聯的不同服務的複數個用戶識別。雖然此等無線通信裝置提供對不同服務及對多個無線網路的靈活存取,但支援多個UICC/SIM的此等無線通信裝置的內部架構通常包括並列硬體及並列軟體,使得每一UICC/SIM在其間無互動或無介面的情況下獨立地起作用。雖然該內部架構簡單,但由於每一並列內部系統可重複用於網路連結管理的各種功能,無線通信裝置中的並列UICC/SIM(及相關聯硬體/軟體)之獨立操作可導致低效率。因此,存在對於致能支援無線通信裝置中複數個用戶識別的硬體與軟體之間的合作及協作的解決方案之需求。 The fourth generation (4G) cellular network uses an updated radio access technology system implementing the Third Generation Communications Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) and Advanced LTE (LTE-A) standards, the fourth generation ( 4G) Honeycomb networks are rapidly being developed and deployed by global network operators in parallel with older second-generation (2G) and third-generation (3G) wireless networks. The wireless communication device can include, for example, based on which wireless networks are available at a particular location, based on the capabilities of the available wireless network, based on the capabilities of the wireless communication device, based on the attributes of the particular service provided by the wireless network, and/or based on wireless The ability of a service associated with a communication device to subscribe to a different type of wireless network. A removable universal integrated circuit card (UICC) including Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) communication may be replaced by another UICC/SIM combination in an "unlocked" wireless communication device to provide for association with different user identifications Access to a different set of services, the Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) including authentication credentials that permit a user of the wireless communication device to connect to the wireless network and access a particular service. Wireless communication device adapted to multiple UICC/SIM provides to be identical A wireless communication device uses a plurality of user identifications that are linked to two or more different wireless networks (and/or to the same wireless network) and access different services associated with a plurality of user identifications. While such wireless communication devices provide flexible access to different services and to multiple wireless networks, the internal architecture of such wireless communication devices supporting multiple UICC/SIMs typically includes parallel hardware and parallel software such that each The UICC/SIM functions independently without interaction or interface between them. Although the internal architecture is simple, the independent operation of the parallel UICC/SIM (and associated hardware/software) in the wireless communication device can result in inefficiency because each side-by-side internal system can be reused for various functions of network connection management. . Therefore, there is a need for a solution that enables cooperation and cooperation between hardware and software that support multiple user identifications in a wireless communication device.

本發明揭示用以在無線通信裝置中支援複數個用戶識別的裝置及方法。代表性方法包括:在第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之集合;在第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與第一無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第一無線網路且第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與第二無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第二無線網路時,並行執行行動性管理任務之集合;以及在第一與第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間分擔自行動性管理任務之集合的執行獲得的資訊。代表性行動性管理任務包括包括搜尋公眾陸地行動網路、量測伺服小區及/或相鄰小區以及評估小區重選及切換選項。在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的代表性資訊包括小區量測、小區清單及/或無線電路系統設定。 Apparatus and methods for supporting a plurality of user identifications in a wireless communication device are disclosed. A representative method includes: dividing a set of mobility management tasks between a first wireless cellular protocol software stack and a second wireless cellular protocol software stack; and associating the first wireless cellular protocol software stack with the first wireless network But not connected to the first wireless network and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with the second wireless network but not connected to the second wireless network, performing a set of mobility management tasks in parallel; The information obtained from the execution of the set of mobility management tasks is shared between the first and second wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Representative operational management tasks include searching for public land mobile networks, measuring servo cells and/or neighboring cells, and evaluating cell reselection and handover options. Representative information shared between wireless cellular protocol software stacks includes cell measurements, cell lists, and/or wireless circuitry settings.

第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可藉由其間提供之通信介面在無線通信裝置之一或多個基頻處理器上執行。第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用各別射頻無線電路系統並行操作,以搜尋無線網路、量測小區、 協調重選及切換,促進舊版無線網路回退程序並輔助跨越不同無線網路之連結連續性。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用自經指派給各別無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之行動性管理任務之集合的執行收集的資訊。在該等無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的資訊可輔助每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊以與各種無線網路及/或其小區通信。行動性管理任務劃分在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中以平衡計算工作、促進存取資訊、減少重複任務、將功率消耗降至最低及/或按無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊、用戶識別模組及/或相關聯無線網路提供者之屬性定製任務之集合。 The first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack can be executed on one or more of the baseband processors of the wireless communication device by means of a communication interface provided therebetween. The first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack are operated in parallel using respective RF wireless circuitry to search for wireless networks, measurement cells, Coordinate reselection and switching to facilitate legacy wireless network fallback procedures and assist in connecting continuity across different wireless networks. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack shares information collected from the execution of a set of mobility management tasks assigned to respective wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Information shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks can assist each wireless cellular protocol software stack to communicate with various wireless networks and/or their cells. The mobility management tasks are divided into wireless cellular protocol software stacks to balance computing work, facilitate access to information, reduce repetitive tasks, minimize power consumption, and/or wireless cellular protocol software stacking, user identification modules and/or Or a collection of attribute customization tasks for the associated wireless network provider.

僅僅出於總結一些實例實施例之目的而提供此總結,以便提供對本文中所描述之標的物的一些態樣之基本理解。因此,應瞭解上述特徵僅僅為實例且不應理解為以任何方式限制本文所述之標的物之範疇或精神。本文所描述之標的物之其他特徵、態樣及優勢將自以下【實施方式】、圖式及【申請專利範圍】變得顯而易見。 This Summary is provided for the purpose of summarizing some example embodiments in order to provide a basic understanding of some aspects of the subject matter described herein. Therefore, the above-mentioned features are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive. Other features, aspects, and advantages of the subject matter described herein will become apparent from the following <RTIgt;

本發明之其他態樣及優勢將自結合隨附圖式之以下詳細描述變得顯而易見,該等隨附圖式以實例之方式說明所描述之實施例之原理。 Other embodiments and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the description of the appended claims.

100‧‧‧無線網路 100‧‧‧Wireless network

102‧‧‧無線通信裝置 102‧‧‧Wireless communication device

104‧‧‧無線電扇區 104‧‧‧Radio sector

106‧‧‧無線電存取子系統 106‧‧‧Radio Access Subsystem

108‧‧‧無線電節點 108‧‧‧ radio nodes

110‧‧‧共同無線電控制器 110‧‧‧Common Radio Controller

112‧‧‧核心網路 112‧‧‧core network

114‧‧‧公眾交換式電話網路 114‧‧‧ Public switched telephone network

116‧‧‧公共資料網路 116‧‧ Public Information Network

118‧‧‧電路交換中心 118‧‧‧Circuit Exchange Center

120‧‧‧封包交換節點 120‧‧‧ Packet Switching Node

122‧‧‧電路交換網域 122‧‧‧Circuit Switched Domain

124‧‧‧封包交換網域 124‧‧‧ Packet switched domain

126‧‧‧無線電鏈路 126‧‧‧radio link

128‧‧‧無線電存取網路 128‧‧‧radio access network

200‧‧‧舊版2G/3G無線網路 200‧‧‧Old 2G/3G wireless network

202‧‧‧行動台 202‧‧‧Mobile

204‧‧‧無線電扇區 204‧‧‧Radio sector

206‧‧‧基地台子系統 206‧‧‧Base station subsystem

208‧‧‧基地收發器台(BTS) 208‧‧‧Base Transceiver Station (BTS)

210‧‧‧基地台控制器(BSC) 210‧‧‧Base Station Controller (BSC)

212‧‧‧核心網路 212‧‧‧ core network

218‧‧‧行動交換中心 218‧‧‧Action Exchange Center

220‧‧‧封包資料服務節點 220‧‧‧ Packet Information Service Node

222‧‧‧電路交換網域 222‧‧‧ Circuit Switched Domain

224‧‧‧封包交換網域 224‧‧‧ Packet Exchange Domain

226‧‧‧射頻鏈路 226‧‧‧RF link

228‧‧‧無線電存取網路 228‧‧‧radio access network

300‧‧‧LTE無線網路 300‧‧‧LTE wireless network

302‧‧‧使用者設備 302‧‧‧User equipment

304‧‧‧無線電扇區 304‧‧‧Radio sector

306‧‧‧eUTRAN 306‧‧‧eUTRAN

310‧‧‧演進型節點B 310‧‧‧Evolved Node B

312‧‧‧伺服閘道器 312‧‧‧servo gateway

314‧‧‧行動性管理實體 314‧‧‧Action Management Entity

316‧‧‧公共資料網路閘道器 316‧‧ Public Data Network Gateway

318‧‧‧外部網際網路協定網路 318‧‧‧External Internet Protocol Network

320‧‧‧演進型封包核心網路 320‧‧‧Evolved Packet Core Network

322‧‧‧演進型無線電存取網路 322‧‧‧Evolved Radio Access Network

326‧‧‧無線電鏈路 326‧‧‧radio link

400‧‧‧圖 400‧‧‧ Figure

500‧‧‧圖 500‧‧‧ Figure

502‧‧‧雙SIM無線通信裝置 502‧‧‧Double SIM wireless communication device

504‧‧‧通用積體電路卡 504‧‧‧General Integrated Circuit Card

504A‧‧‧可卸除式通用積體電路卡 504A‧‧‧Removable Universal Integrated Circuit Card

504B‧‧‧可卸除式通用積體電路卡 504B‧‧‧Removable Universal Integrated Circuit Card

506‧‧‧處理器 506‧‧‧ processor

508‧‧‧無線電路系統 508‧‧‧Wireless circuit system

508A‧‧‧無線電路系統 508A‧‧‧Wireless Circuit System

508B‧‧‧無線電路系統 508B‧‧‧Wireless Circuit System

510‧‧‧無線網路 510‧‧‧Wireless network

510A‧‧‧第一無線網路 510A‧‧‧First wireless network

510B‧‧‧第二無線網路 510B‧‧‧Second wireless network

512A‧‧‧存取網路設備 512A‧‧‧Access network equipment

512B‧‧‧存取網路設備 512B‧‧‧Access network equipment

514‧‧‧嵌入式通用積體電路卡 514‧‧‧Embedded universal integrated circuit card

514A‧‧‧核心網路 514A‧‧‧ core network

514B‧‧‧核心網路 514B‧‧‧ core network

520‧‧‧圖 520‧‧‧ Figure

522‧‧‧多SIM無線通信裝置 522‧‧‧Multi SIM wireless communication device

530‧‧‧圖 530‧‧‧ Figure

532‧‧‧多eSIM無線通信裝置 532‧‧‧Multi-eSIM wireless communication device

540‧‧‧圖 540‧‧‧ Figure

542‧‧‧多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置 542‧‧‧Multiple SIM/eSIM wireless communication devices

550‧‧‧圖 550‧‧‧ Figure

552‧‧‧多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置 552‧‧‧Multi SIM/eSIM wireless communication device

600‧‧‧方塊圖 600‧‧‧block diagram

602‧‧‧多eSIM無線通信裝置 602‧‧‧Multi-eSIM wireless communication device

604‧‧‧應用程式 604‧‧‧Application

606‧‧‧記憶體 606‧‧‧ memory

608‧‧‧行動裝置作業系統 608‧‧‧Mobile device operating system

610‧‧‧應用程式處理器 610‧‧‧Application Processor

612‧‧‧記憶體 612‧‧‧ memory

614‧‧‧嵌入式通用積體電路卡(eUICC)作業系統 614‧‧‧Embedded General Integrated Circuit Card (eUICC) Operating System

616‧‧‧電子用戶識別模組 616‧‧‧Electronic User Identification Module

618‧‧‧嵌入式通用積體電路卡 618‧‧‧Embedded universal integrated circuit card

620‧‧‧基頻處理器 620‧‧‧Base frequency processor

622‧‧‧eUICC處理器 622‧‧‧eUICC processor

700‧‧‧圖 700‧‧‧ Figure

702‧‧‧雙SIM雙存取無線通信裝置 702‧‧‧Double SIM Dual Access Wireless Communication Device

704A‧‧‧無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊 704A‧‧‧Wireless Honeycomb Compact Software Stack

704B‧‧‧無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊 704B‧‧‧Wireless Honeycomb Compact Software Stack

706‧‧‧傳輸/接收無線電路系統 706‧‧‧Transmission/reception wireless circuitry

708‧‧‧傳輸無線電路系統 708‧‧‧Transmission of wireless circuitry

710‧‧‧圖 710‧‧‧ Figure

710A‧‧‧接收無線電路系統 710A‧‧‧ Receiving wireless circuitry

710B‧‧‧接收無線電路系統 710B‧‧‧ receiving wireless circuit system

712‧‧‧雙SIM雙待無線通信裝置(共用Tx/Rx) 712‧‧‧Double SIM Dual Standby Wireless Communication Unit (shared Tx/Rx)

714‧‧‧雙SIM雙待無線通信裝置(共用Tx) 714‧‧‧Double SIM Dual Standby Wireless Communication Unit (Shared Tx)

720‧‧‧圖 720‧‧‧ Figure

722‧‧‧多SIM雙存取/雙待無線通信裝置 722‧‧‧Multiple SIM dual access/dual standby wireless communication device

724‧‧‧UICC配件單元 724‧‧‧UICC accessory unit

726‧‧‧無線及/或有線介面 726‧‧‧Wireless and/or wired interface

730‧‧‧圖 730‧‧‧ Figure

732‧‧‧多SIM/eSIM雙存取/雙待無線通信裝置 732‧‧‧Multiple SIM/eSIM dual access/dual standby wireless communication device

802‧‧‧雙SIM雙待/雙存取無線通信裝置 802‧‧‧Double SIM Dual Standby/Double Access Wireless Communication Device

804‧‧‧軟體介面連結 804‧‧‧Software interface link

810‧‧‧雙SIM雙待/雙存取無線通信裝置 810‧‧‧Double SIM Dual Standby/Double Access Wireless Communication Device

812‧‧‧硬體介面連結 812‧‧‧ Hardware interface

814‧‧‧軟體介面連結 814‧‧‧Software interface link

900‧‧‧第一組態 900‧‧‧First configuration

910‧‧‧第二組態 910‧‧‧Second configuration

920‧‧‧圖表 920‧‧‧ Chart

1000‧‧‧圖 1000‧‧‧ Figure

1100‧‧‧圖 1100‧‧‧ Figure

1200‧‧‧圖 1200‧‧‧ Figure

1300‧‧‧圖 1300‧‧‧ Figure

1400‧‧‧圖 1400‧‧‧ Figure

1500‧‧‧流程圖 1500‧‧‧flow chart

1502‧‧‧步驟 1502‧‧‧Steps

1504‧‧‧步驟 1504‧‧‧Steps

1506‧‧‧步驟 1506‧‧‧Steps

1600‧‧‧流程圖 1600‧‧‧flow chart

1602‧‧‧步驟 1602‧‧‧Steps

1604‧‧‧步驟 1604‧‧‧Steps

1606‧‧‧步驟 1606‧‧‧Steps

1700‧‧‧流程圖 1700‧‧‧Flowchart

1702‧‧‧步驟 1702‧‧‧Steps

1704‧‧‧步驟 1704‧‧‧Steps

1706‧‧‧步驟 1706‧‧‧Steps

1708‧‧‧步驟 1708‧‧‧Steps

1710‧‧‧步驟 1710‧‧‧Steps

1712‧‧‧步驟 1712‧‧‧Steps

1714‧‧‧步驟 1714‧‧‧Steps

1716‧‧‧步驟 1716‧‧‧Steps

1800‧‧‧流程圖 1800‧‧‧flow chart

1802‧‧‧步驟 1802‧‧‧Steps

1804‧‧‧步驟 1804‧‧‧Steps

1806‧‧‧步驟 1806‧‧‧Steps

1900‧‧‧方法 1900‧‧‧ method

參考以下結合隨附圖式所進行之描述可最佳地理解所描述之實施例及其優勢。此等圖式未必按比例繪製,且其決不意欲限於或排除在本發明揭示時可由一般熟習此項技術者進行之對其形式及細節之可預見修改。 The described embodiments and advantages thereof are best understood by reference to the following description in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The figures are not necessarily to scale, and are not intended to be limited or limited by the scope of the present invention.

圖1說明根據一些實施例的通用無線通信網路之組件。 FIG. 1 illustrates components of a general wireless communication network in accordance with some embodiments.

圖2說明根據一些實施例的舊版2G/3G無線通信網路之組件。 2 illustrates components of an older 2G/3G wireless communication network in accordance with some embodiments.

圖3說明根據一些實施例的4G長期演進(LTE)或先進LTE(LTE-A)無線通信網路之組件。 3 illustrates components of a 4G Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Advanced LTE (LTE-A) wireless communication network, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖4說明根據一些實施例的與圖2之舊版2G/3G無線通信網路及與 圖3之4G LTE或LTE-A無線通信網路並列連結之無線通信裝置。 4 illustrates an older version of a 2G/3G wireless communication network and with FIG. 2, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 3 is a wireless communication device in which a 4G LTE or LTE-A wireless communication network is connected in parallel.

圖5A說明根據一些實施例的與兩個無線網路並列連結之雙用戶識別模組(SIM)無線通信裝置之圖。 5A illustrates a diagram of a dual subscriber identity module (SIM) wireless communication device coupled in parallel with two wireless networks, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖5B說明根據一些實施例的支援複數個用戶識別之無線通信裝置之圖。 FIG. 5B illustrates a diagram of a wireless communication device that supports a plurality of user identifications in accordance with some embodiments.

圖6說明根據一些實施例的多eSIM行動無線通信裝置中之組件的方塊圖。 6 illustrates a block diagram of components in a multi-eSIM mobile wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖7A說明根據一些實施例的雙SIM雙作用中(DSDA)無線通信裝置之圖。 7A illustrates a diagram of a dual SIM dual active (DSDA) wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖7B說明根據一些實施例的雙SIM雙待(DSDS)無線通信裝置之圖。 7B illustrates a diagram of a dual SIM dual standby (DSDS) wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖7C說明根據一些實施例的代表性雙SIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置。 7C illustrates a representative dual SIM dual access/dual to standby (DSDx) wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖8說明根據一些實施例的包括無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的鏈路之代表性雙SIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置。 8 illustrates a representative dual SIM dual access/dual toll (DSDx) wireless communication device including a link between wireless cellular protocol software stacks in accordance with some embodiments.

圖9說明根據一些實施例的無線通信裝置之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之主/從關係。 9 illustrates the master/slave relationship of a wireless cellular protocol software stack of a wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖10說明根據一些實施例的無線通信裝置之兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊自第一小區至第二小區的轉變之圖。 10 illustrates a diagram of transitions of two wireless cellular protocol software stacks from a first cell to a second cell of a wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖11及圖12說明根據一些實施例的無線通信裝置之兩個蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間分擔任務之圖。 11 and 12 illustrate diagrams of sharing tasks between two cellular protocol software stacks of a wireless communication device in accordance with some embodiments.

圖13說明根據一些實施例的在無線通信裝置與無線網路之用以在經由第一連結連結時接收第二連結之網路元件之間的訊息交換序列。 13 illustrates a message exchange sequence between a wireless communication device and a network element of a wireless network for receiving a second connection when coupled via a first connection, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖14說明根據一些實施例的在無線通信裝置與無線網路之用以在經由第一連結而連結的同時經由第二連結接收短訊息服務(SMS)訊 息之網路元件之間的訊息交換序列。 14 illustrates receiving a short message service (SMS) message via a second link while the wireless communication device and the wireless network are connected via the first link, in accordance with some embodiments. The sequence of message exchanges between network elements.

圖15及圖16說明根據一些實施例的由無線通信裝置執行的方法,該無線通信裝置與兩個用戶識別相關聯及/或經由兩個用戶識別連結至一或多個無線網路通信。 15 and 16 illustrate a method performed by a wireless communication device associated with two user identifications and/or linked to one or more wireless network communications via two user identifications, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖17說明根據一些實施例的藉由無線通信裝置中之兩個蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊而共用射頻無線電路系統以與兩個無線網路通信的方法。 17 illustrates a method of sharing radio frequency wireless circuitry to communicate with two wireless networks by stacking two cellular protocol software in a wireless communication device, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖18說明根據一些實施例的管理包括複數個用戶識別之無線通信裝置中的資料連結的方法。 18 illustrates a method of managing data links in a wireless communication device that includes a plurality of user identifications, in accordance with some embodiments.

圖19說明根據一些實施例的藉由包括複數個用戶識別之無線通信裝置支援並列通信的方法。 19 illustrates a method of supporting parallel communication by a wireless communication device including a plurality of user identifications, in accordance with some embodiments.

本文提供用於管理訂用、存取服務、致能合作及實現無線裝置中之複數個用戶識別之協作的代表性實例。此等實例經提供以增添本發明之標的物的上下文及輔助對本發明之標的物的理解。應顯而易見的是,本發明可在有或無本文所描述之一些特定細節之情況下得以實踐。此外,可在不脫離本發明之精神及範疇的情況下對本文所描述及相應圖式中所說明的標的物進行各種修改及/或變更,以達成類似優勢及結果。 Representative examples for managing subscriptions, accessing services, enabling cooperation, and enabling collaboration of multiple user identifications in a wireless device are provided herein. The examples are provided to enhance the context of the subject matter of the invention and to aid in the understanding of the subject matter of the invention. It should be apparent that the present invention may be practiced with or without some specific details as described herein. In addition, various modifications and/or changes may be made to the subject matter described herein and described in the accompanying drawings.

在此部分中參考隨附圖式,該等隨附圖式形成本發明的一部分且其中以說明之方式展示對應於本文所描述之實施例的各種實施。雖然本發明的實施例經足夠詳細地描述以使一般熟習此項技術者能夠實踐所描述之實施,但應理解,不將此等實例解釋為係過度限制或完全包括的。 The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in the claims Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described in sufficient detail to enable those skilled in the art to practice the described embodiments, it is understood that the examples are not to be construed as being limited.

根據本文所描述之各種實施例,術語「無線通信裝置」、「無線裝置」、「行動裝置」、「行動站」及「使用者設備」(UE)可在本文中互換 使用以描述可能夠執行與本發明之各種實施例相關聯之程序的一個或任何數目個的共同消費型電子裝置。根據各種實施,此等消費型電子裝置中之任一者可係關於以下各者:蜂巢式電話或智慧型電話、平板電腦、膝上型電腦或迷你筆記型電腦、媒體播放器裝置、電子書裝置、MiFi®裝置,以及具有第四代(4G)LTE及先進LTE(LTE-A)通信能力的任何其他類型的電子計算裝置。在各種實施例中,此等能力可允許相應的UE在可採用任何類型之基於LTE的無線電存取技術(RAT)的各種4G無線網路小區內通信。 In accordance with various embodiments described herein, the terms "wireless communication device," "wireless device," "mobile device," "mobile station," and "user device" (UE) are interchangeable herein. Use to describe one or any number of co-consumer electronic devices that are capable of executing the programs associated with various embodiments of the present invention. According to various implementations, any of such consumer electronic devices can be related to: a cellular or smart phone, a tablet, a laptop or mini-notebook, a media player device, an e-book Devices, MiFi® devices, and any other type of electronic computing device with fourth generation (4G) LTE and advanced LTE (LTE-A) communication capabilities. In various embodiments, such capabilities may allow respective UEs to communicate within various 4G wireless network cells that may employ any type of LTE-based radio access technology (RAT).

另外,應理解,本文所描述之UE可經組態為多模式無線通信裝置,該等多模式無線通信裝置除與4G無線網路通信之外,亦能夠經由舊版第三代(3G)及/或第二代(2G)RAT進行通信。在一些情境中,多模式UE可經組態以相比於提供較低資料速率輸送量的舊版2G/3G無線網路而偏好附接至提供較快資料速率輸送量的LTE或LTE-A網路。在一些實施例中,當LTE及LTE-A網路另外不可用及/或不能提供特定服務(諸如電路交換語音連結)時,與4G相容的UE可經配置以回退至舊版2G/3G無線網路(例如,演進型高速封包存取(HSPA+)網路或分碼多重存取(CDMA)2000僅演進資料(EV-DO)網路)。多模式UE可包括對根據由標準機構(例如,3GPP之全球行動通信系統(GSM)、通用行動通信系統(UMTS)、LTE及LTE-A標準或3GPP2之CDMA2000(1xRTT、2xEV-DO、HRPD、eHRPD)標準)開發的一或多個不同無線通信協定的通信的支援。多模式UE亦可支援使用無線區域網路連結協定(例如,IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi)、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX))及無線個人區域網路連結協定(例如,Bluetooth®)的通信。多個無線通信協定可為多模式UE提供互補功能及/或不同服務。 In addition, it should be understood that the UEs described herein can be configured as multi-mode wireless communication devices that can communicate with 4G wireless networks as well as legacy third generation (3G) and / or second generation (2G) RAT to communicate. In some scenarios, a multi-mode UE may be configured to attach to an LTE or LTE-A that provides faster data rate throughput than an older 2G/3G wireless network that provides lower data rate throughput. network. In some embodiments, a 4G compatible UE may be configured to fall back to the legacy 2G/ when the LTE and LTE-A networks are otherwise unavailable and/or unable to provide a particular service, such as a circuit switched voice link. 3G wireless network (eg, Evolved High Speed Packet Access (HSPA+) network or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) 2000 Evolution Only Data (EV-DO) network). Multi-mode UEs may include CDMA2000 (1xRTT, 2xEV-DO, HRPD, according to standards bodies (eg, 3GPP's Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), LTE and LTE-A standards or 3GPP2) eHRPD) Standard) Development of communication for communication of one or more different wireless communication protocols. Multi-mode UEs may also support communication using wireless local area network protocols such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), and wireless personal area network connection protocols (eg, Bluetooth®). Multiple wireless communication protocols may provide complementary functionality and/or different services for multi-mode UEs.

在一些實施例中,多模式UE可支援複數個用戶識別,其中每一用戶識別與無線網路之集合(例如,本籍網路及一或多個較佳的漫遊網 路)相關聯且與經由無線網路中之一或多者提供的服務之集合相關聯。多模式UE可經組態以基於不同用戶識別單獨地或並列連結至無線網路中之一或多者。在一些實施例中,每一無線網路可根據複數個用戶識別提供不同服務。在一些實施例中,用戶識別體現為安裝於一或多個可卸除式通用積體電路卡(UICC)上或與一或多個UICC相關聯之一或複數個用戶識別模組(SIM)的部分或體現為一或多個嵌入式UICC(eUICC)上之一或多個電子SIM(eSIM)的部分。(在一些實施例中,「電子」SIM亦可被稱作「嵌入式」SIM或「增強型」SIM)。在一些實施例中,多模式UE可使用與第一SIM相關聯之資訊(例如,授權憑證)與第一無線網路連結且使用與第二SIM相關聯之資訊與第二無線網路連結。多模式UE可經組態以基於用戶識別資訊、基於無線網路類型(例如,本籍與漫遊)、基於經由無線網路提供的服務、基於無線電存取技術、基於存取網路條件(例如,信號強度及/或信號品質)及/或基於使用者偏好而偏好連結至特定無線網路。在一些實施例中,多模式UE可連結至用於語音服務及/或用於電路交換服務的第一無線網路且可連結至用於資料服務及/或用於封包交換服務的第二無線網路。在一些實施例中,第一SIM可與用於多模式UE之使用者之個人/家庭帳戶相關聯,而第二SIM可與用於多模式UE之使用者之企業/工作帳戶相關聯。 In some embodiments, a multi-mode UE can support a plurality of user identifications, where each user identifies a collection of wireless networks (eg, a home network and one or more preferred roaming networks) Roads are associated and associated with a collection of services provided via one or more of the wireless networks. The multi-mode UEs can be configured to individually or side-by-side connect to one or more of the wireless networks based on different user identifications. In some embodiments, each wireless network can provide different services based on a plurality of user identifications. In some embodiments, the user identification is embodied as being installed on one or more removable universal integrated circuit cards (UICCs) or associated with one or more UICCs or a plurality of subscriber identity modules (SIMs) A portion of one or more of one or more embedded SIMCCs (eUICCs) or multiple electronic SIMs (eSIMs). (In some embodiments, an "electronic" SIM may also be referred to as an "embedded" SIM or an "enhanced" SIM). In some embodiments, the multi-mode UE may connect to the first wireless network using information associated with the first SIM (eg, an authorization credential) and connect to the second wireless network using information associated with the second SIM. Multi-mode UEs may be configured to be based on user identification information, based on wireless network type (eg, home and roaming), based on services provided over a wireless network, based on radio access technology, based on access network conditions (eg, Signal strength and/or signal quality) and/or preference for connection to a particular wireless network based on user preferences. In some embodiments, the multi-mode UE can be coupled to a first wireless network for voice services and/or for circuit switched services and can be coupled to a second wireless for data services and/or for packet switched services network. In some embodiments, the first SIM can be associated with a personal/home account for a user of the multi-mode UE, and the second SIM can be associated with a business/work account for the user of the multi-mode UE.

當無線通信裝置之兩個(或兩個以上)SIM與同一無線服務提供者(或電訊廠商或無線網路運營商或行動網路運營商或行動虛擬網路運營商)相關聯時,無線通信裝置可經組態以強制兩個(或所有)無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與同一無線網路相關聯及/或連結至同一無線網路。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置促使無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用同一無線電存取技術(RAT)及/或促使無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經由同一無線網路之同一無線電存取網路部分的同一小區連結。當兩個(或所有)SIM/eSIM來自同一無線服務提供者或來自不同無線服務提供者但 與同一實體無線網路相關聯(例如,作為漫遊協議之一部分)時,無線通信裝置可促使共同使用/連結。可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間分擔行動性管理任務(例如,伺服小區量測、相鄰小區量測、小區重選、網路切換等),且在重選/切換期間,一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可隨另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊維護至相同(或共同目標)無線網路之相同(或共同目標)小區的連結。無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的行動性管理任務的重複可藉由在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中分擔任務及/或藉由共用由每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與其他無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊一起收集及/或判定的資訊而減少。 Wireless communication when two (or more) SIMs of a wireless communication device are associated with the same wireless service provider (or a telecommunications vendor or wireless network operator or mobile network operator or mobile virtual network operator) The device can be configured to force two (or all) wireless cellular protocol software stacks to be associated with and/or connected to the same wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device causes the wireless cellular protocol software stack to use the same radio access technology (RAT) and/or cause the wireless cellular protocol software stack to be the same over the same radio access network portion of the same wireless network. Community link. When two (or all) SIM/eSIM are from the same wireless service provider or from different wireless service providers but When associated with the same physical wireless network (e.g., as part of a roaming agreement), the wireless communication device can cause a common use/link. Mobile management tasks (eg, servo cell measurement, neighbor cell measurement, cell reselection, network switching, etc.) can be shared between wireless cellular protocol software stacks, and during wireless reselection/switching, a wireless hive The protocol soft software stack can be maintained with another wireless cellular protocol software stack to connect to the same (or common target) cell of the same (or common target) wireless network. Repetition of mobility management tasks between wireless cellular protocol software stacks can be accomplished by sharing tasks in a wireless cellular protocol software stack and/or by sharing each wireless cellular protocol software stack with other wireless cellular protocol software The information collected and/or determined together is reduced.

當無線通信裝置之兩個(或兩個以上)SIM/eSIM與同一無線服務提供者相關聯時,無線通信裝置可經組態以強制執行在無線通信裝置上操作的兩個(或兩個以上)無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之合作及協作操作。(在一些實施例中,當無線通信裝置之SIM與不同無線服務提供者相關聯時,無線通信裝置亦可經組態以強制執行多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的合作及/或協作。)無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可在其自身中劃分行動性管理任務、並行執行所劃分的行動性任務且在多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間交換及共用資訊。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可使用相關聯之射頻無線電路系統來執行行動性管理任務,諸如搜尋公眾陸地行動網路(PLMN)。可基於無線電存取技術及/或基於射頻頻帶在多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中劃分行動性管理任務,以平衡多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中的PLMN搜尋努力。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊亦可執行其自有伺服小區的小區量測且可與在同一無線通信裝置中操作的其他無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用小區量測資訊。類似地,每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可量測相鄰小區之集合且與其他無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用量測資訊,從而避免在同一無線通信裝置中操作的多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊對相同小區的重複量 測。當兩個SIM/eSIM與同一PLMN(例如,經由同一伺服電訊廠商)或與「等效」PLMN(例如,作為用於一個SIM/eSIM的伺服電訊廠商及作為關於另一SIM/eSIM的漫遊電訊廠商)相關聯時,兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可共用行動性管理資訊,諸如網路清單、小區清單、白名單、黑名單、廣播系統資訊、小區特定資訊、實體層通信資訊、同步資訊、無線電路系統設定等之清單。多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊亦可共用及協調用於小區重選、小區切換、回退程序及/或虛擬電路連結管理之資訊。在無線通信裝置中操作之多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中的合作及協作操作可藉由並行執行行動性管理任務及在多個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中共用藉此收集的資訊來減少任務重複、降低功率消耗、加速資訊收集、減少服務中斷及改良連結穩定性。 When two (or more) SIM/eSIMs of a wireless communication device are associated with the same wireless service provider, the wireless communication device can be configured to enforce two (or more) operations on the wireless communication device Collaboration and collaborative operation of wireless cellular protocol software stacking. (In some embodiments, when the SIM of the wireless communication device is associated with a different wireless service provider, the wireless communication device can also be configured to enforce cooperation and/or collaboration between multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks. The wireless cellular protocol software stack divides the mobility management tasks in itself, performs the divided operational tasks in parallel, and exchanges and shares information among multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack can use an associated radio frequency wireless circuitry to perform mobility management tasks, such as searching for a Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). The mobility management tasks can be divided among multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks based on radio access technology and/or based on radio frequency bands to balance PLMN search efforts in multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack can also perform cell measurements of its own serving cell and can share cell measurement information with other wireless cellular protocol software stacks operating in the same wireless communication device. Similarly, each wireless cellular protocol software stack can measure a collection of neighboring cells and share measurement information with other wireless cellular protocol software stacks, thereby avoiding multiple wireless cellular protocol software operating in the same wireless communication device. Stacking the amount of repetition to the same cell Measurement. When two SIM/eSIMs are with the same PLMN (for example, via the same Servo Telecommunications Vendor) or with an "equivalent" PLMN (for example, as a Servo Telecommunications Vendor for one SIM/eSIM and as a roaming telecommunications with respect to another SIM/eSIM) When the vendor is associated, the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks can share mobility management information such as network list, cell list, whitelist, blacklist, broadcast system information, cell-specific information, physical layer communication information, and synchronization information. , a list of wireless circuit system settings, etc. Multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks may also share and coordinate information for cell reselection, cell handover, fallback procedures, and/or virtual circuit connection management. Cooperative and cooperative operations in multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks operating in a wireless communication device can reduce tasks by performing mobile management tasks in parallel and sharing the information collected thereby in multiple wireless cellular protocol software stacks Repeat, reduce power consumption, speed up information collection, reduce service interruptions, and improve connection stability.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可經組態以再使用射頻無線電路系統來與多個無線網路通信以支援複數個用戶識別。無線通信裝置在連結至用於第一用戶識別之第一無線網路時,可自用於第二用戶識別之第二網路接收發信號訊息,諸如傳呼訊息或傳呼指示。無線通信裝置之射頻無線電路系統的一部分可經重新組態以與第二無線網路通信,(例如)以建立與第二無線網路之發信號頻道且使用建立的發信號頻道回應於自第二網路接收的發信號訊息。無線通信裝置之射頻無線電路系統的該部分可在第一無線網路及第二無線網路之間經來回重新組態以維持與第一無線網路之連結(例如,語音連結、資料連結及/或發信號連結),同時亦自第二無線網路接收可提供至無線通信裝置之使用者的受限資訊。可自第二無線網路接收的代表性資訊包括行動終止連結請求之發起者之指示及短訊息服務資料。在無線通信裝置之一或多個基頻處理器上執行的並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可經由在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的射頻無線電路系統來與第一無線網路及第二無線網路通信。無線通信裝置之射頻無線電路系統亦可包括專 用並列射頻接收器以使得能夠自一或多個無線網路並行接收兩個不同用戶識別。當一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經由第一射頻接收器連結至第一無線網路時,可經由第二射頻接收器接收針對另一蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊的傳呼請求(及/或其他發信號訊息)。無線通信裝置之處理電路系統(例如,一或多個基頻處理器)可經組態以在兩個蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間切換信號射頻傳輸器,以支援與第二無線網路之受限通信,同時亦維持與第一無線網路之通信。無線通信裝置可回應傳呼請求、建立發信號頻道及自第二無線網路接收資訊,例如,行動終止連結請求之發起者之指示及/或短訊息服務(SMS)資料。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可拒絕自第二無線網路接收的行動終止連結請求且可將錯過的連結請求之指示提供至其使用者而不丟棄至第一無線網路之連結。類似地,在一些實施例中,在不需要無線通信裝置之射頻無線電路系統中之多個並列射頻傳輸器的情況下,無線通信裝置可自第二無線網路接收SMS資料,同時亦保持連結至第一無線網路。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can be configured to reuse the radio frequency wireless circuitry to communicate with a plurality of wireless networks to support a plurality of user identifications. The wireless communication device can receive a signaling message, such as a paging message or a paging indication, from the second network for the second user identification when coupled to the first wireless network for the first user identification. A portion of the radio frequency wireless circuitry of the wireless communication device can be reconfigured to communicate with the second wireless network, for example, to establish a signaling channel with the second wireless network and to use the established signaling channel in response to the The signal sent by the second network. The portion of the radio frequency wireless circuitry of the wireless communication device can be reconfigured back and forth between the first wireless network and the second wireless network to maintain a connection with the first wireless network (eg, voice connection, data link, and / or signaling connection), and also receiving limited information from the second wireless network that can be provided to the user of the wireless communication device. Representative information that may be received from the second wireless network includes an indication of the initiator of the action termination request and a short message service profile. A parallel wireless cellular protocol software stack executing on one or more of the wireless communication devices can be coupled to the first wireless network and the second via radio frequency wireless circuitry shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks Wireless network communication. The radio frequency wireless circuit system of the wireless communication device may also include a special Parallel RF receivers are used to enable two different user identifications to be received in parallel from one or more wireless networks. When a wireless cellular protocol software stack is coupled to the first wireless network via the first RF receiver, a paging request (and/or other signaling message) for another cellular protocol software stack may be received via the second RF receiver ). The processing circuitry of the wireless communication device (eg, one or more baseband processors) can be configured to switch the signal RF transmitter between the two cellular protocol software stacks to support the second wireless network Communication is limited while maintaining communication with the first wireless network. The wireless communication device can respond to the paging request, establish a signaling channel, and receive information from the second wireless network, such as an indication of the originator of the action termination request and/or short message service (SMS) data. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can reject the action termination link request received from the second wireless network and can provide an indication of the missed link request to its user without discarding the link to the first wireless network. Similarly, in some embodiments, in the case of multiple parallel RF transmitters in a radio frequency wireless system that does not require a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device can receive SMS data from the second wireless network while still maintaining a link To the first wireless network.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可經組態以使用多個SIM/eSIM及多個相關聯之無線網路管理資料連結。無線通信之裝置可能夠連結至不同無線網路且可優先排序一次序,當建立新的資料連結及/或網路維持該資料連結及/或切換現有資料連結時,無線網路按此次序由無線通信裝置使用。無線通信裝置可存取與多個SIM/eSIM相關聯之多個無線網路,且SIM/eSIM中之至少兩者及/或無線網路中之兩者可各自支援資料連結。無線通信裝置可判定按其選擇用於嘗試建立及/或維持及/或切換資料連結的無線網路的次序。優先排序之次序可基於使用者偏好及/或預設軟體組態設定。無線通信裝置可基於以下中一或多者優先排序嘗試與之建立資料連結的無線網路:由一或多個無線網路使用的無線無線電存取技術(RAT)(例如,新一代4G LTE RAT相較於較早一代舊版2G/3G RAT可為較佳的,或替代地及/或另外,無線區域網路(WLAN) 相較於蜂巢式無線網路可為較佳的)、SIM/eSIM之特定次序、對於特定無線網路能力之偏好(例如,較高資料速率相較於較低資料速率可為較佳的)、無線網路之可量測特性(例如,信號強度/品質)及服務設定檔(例如,本籍網路相較於漫遊網路可為較佳的)。無線通信裝置可基於由無線網路所提供的通信頻道條件及/或服務能力在無線網路及/或SIM/eSIM之間切換資料連結。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can be configured to use a plurality of SIM/eSIMs and a plurality of associated wireless network management data links. The wireless communication device can be connected to different wireless networks and can be prioritized in an order. When a new data link is established and/or the network maintains the data link and/or switches the existing data link, the wireless network is in this order. Used by wireless communication devices. The wireless communication device can access a plurality of wireless networks associated with the plurality of SIM/eSIMs, and at least two of the SIM/eSIMs and/or both of the wireless networks can each support a data link. The wireless communication device can determine the order in which the wireless network is selected for attempting to establish and/or maintain and/or switch data links. The order of prioritization can be based on user preferences and/or preset software configuration settings. A wireless communication device can attempt to establish a data-linked wireless network based on one or more of the following: a wireless radio access technology (RAT) used by one or more wireless networks (eg, a new generation 4G LTE RAT) It may be preferred, or alternatively and/or additionally, a wireless local area network (WLAN) as compared to earlier generations of legacy 2G/3G RATs. Better than the cellular wireless network), the specific order of SIM/eSIM, and preferences for specific wireless network capabilities (eg, higher data rates may be preferred over lower data rates) The measurable characteristics of the wireless network (eg, signal strength/quality) and service profiles (eg, the home network may be preferred over roaming networks). The wireless communication device can switch the data link between the wireless network and/or the SIM/eSIM based on communication channel conditions and/or service capabilities provided by the wireless network.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括:射頻電路系統,其包括至少一天線及耦接至該至少一天線的至少一射頻區塊;及至少一基頻處理器,其經組態以藉助於射頻無線電路傳輸及接收射頻信號。至少一基頻處理器經組態以建立與一或多個無線網路之連結,諸如使用用於與第一SIM/eSIM相關聯之第一用戶識別之第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊以與第一無線網路通信,及使用用於與第二SIM/eSIM相關聯之第二用戶識別之第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊以與第二無線網路通信。無線通信裝置包括多個SIM/eSIM,諸如單個通用積體電路卡(UICC)上之多個SIM、多個UICC上之多個SIM及/或嵌入式UICC(eUICC)上之多個eSIM。無線通信裝置可諸如藉由使用兩個並列射頻接收器及在第一無線蜂巢式協定堆疊與第二蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用單個射頻傳輸器而在與第一無線網路並列通信時自第二無線網路接收信號。每一無線網路可根據不同無線電存取技術操作,使用不同射頻頻帶及/或使用不同射頻頻道。無線通信裝置可維持與一無線網路的作用中連結,同時亦自另一無線網路接收傳呼訊息、傳呼指示、廣播訊息及/或參考信號。無線通信裝置可包括單個基頻處理器,藉由軟體介面並列互連之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊駐留於該單個基頻處理器上及/或駐留於藉由硬體介面互連之獨立基頻處理器上,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的軟體介面可經由該硬體介面交換資訊。在一些實施例中,該(該等)基頻處理器在並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任 務,以准許並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的合作及/或操作協作。 In some embodiments, a wireless communication device includes: a radio frequency circuit system including at least one antenna and at least one radio frequency block coupled to the at least one antenna; and at least one baseband processor configured to The RF wireless circuit transmits and receives RF signals. At least one baseband processor is configured to establish a connection with one or more wireless networks, such as using a first wireless cellular protocol software stack for first user identification associated with the first SIM/eSIM A first wireless network communication, and a second wireless cellular protocol software stack for second user identification associated with the second SIM/eSIM to communicate with the second wireless network. The wireless communication device includes a plurality of SIM/eSIMs, such as multiple SIMs on a single universal integrated circuit card (UICC), multiple SIMs on multiple UICCs, and/or multiple eSIMs on an embedded UICC (eUICC). The wireless communication device can be self-contained in parallel with the first wireless network, such as by using two parallel radio frequency receivers and sharing a single radio frequency transmitter between the first wireless cellular protocol stack and the second cellular protocol software stack The second wireless network receives the signal. Each wireless network can operate according to different radio access technologies, use different radio frequency bands, and/or use different radio frequency channels. The wireless communication device can maintain an active connection with a wireless network while also receiving paging messages, paging indications, broadcast messages, and/or reference signals from another wireless network. The wireless communication device can include a single baseband processor, and the wireless cellular protocol software stack interconnected by the software interface resides on the single baseband processor and/or resides in a separate baseband interconnected by a hardware interface On the processor, the software interface between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks can exchange information via the hardware interface. In some embodiments, the (the) baseband processor divides the mobility management between the parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks. To allow for cooperation and/or operational collaboration between parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks.

在一些實施例中,用於無線通信裝置之一或多個SIM/eSIM之集合可內部地駐留於無線通信裝置中(例如,駐留在一或多個可卸除式UICC上及/或作為無線通信裝置中之eUICC上之eSIM),及/或外部地駐留於無線配件裝置中。無線配件裝置可經由有線介面及/或經由無線介面耦接至無線通信裝置。無線配件裝置中之第二SIM/eSIM可提供擴展無線通信裝置之連結至無線網路之能力,例如,連結至特定無線網路的能力,無線通信裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM未經授權為向該特定無線網路提供連結,例如,第一SIM/eSIM可並未針對該特定無線網路而啟動。替代地,諸如在針對不同服務及/或訂用而使用來自兩個不同SIM/eSIM的兩個不同用戶識別以存取同一無線網路時,無線配件裝置中之第二SIM/eSIM可使用與無線通信裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM中之可用的用戶識別不同的用戶識別而使無線通信裝置能夠連結至無線網路。無線通信裝置中之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與無線配件裝置通信,(例如)以經由有線/無線介面存取第二SIM/eSIM及交換資訊,(諸如)以獲得憑證,以此方式,無線通信裝置可使用來自第二SIM/eSIM之資訊/憑證經由蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在無線網路處註冊及/或連結至該無線網路。在代表性實施例中,無線通信裝置與無線配件裝置之間的介面使用低功率無線協定,例如Bluetooth®低能量無線通信協定、射頻識別(RFID)協定或近場通信(NFC)協定。當無線通信裝置並非設計為包括多個UICC上及/或eUICC上之多個SIM/eSIM(例如,無線通信裝置包括僅用於單個可卸除式UICC之托架及/或使用eUICC上之內部eSIM而不支援可卸除式UICC上之另一SIM)時,無線配件裝置可提供存取第二SIM/eSIM。無線配件裝置大體上准許經由無線通信裝置對用於至無線網路之連結的SIM/eSIM的存取,其中所啟動之SIM/eSIM並非駐留於無線通信裝置中。在一些實施例中,駐留於無線配件裝置中之第二 SIM/eSIM可作為駐留於無線通信裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM支援所有相同的功能。多個外部SIM/eSIM可駐留於無線配件裝置中。駐留於無線通信裝置中之第一「內部」SIM/eSIM可獨立於駐留於無線配件裝置中之第二「外部」SIM/eSIM而操作。 In some embodiments, a set of one or more SIM/eSIMs for a wireless communication device may reside internally in a wireless communication device (eg, reside on one or more removable UICCs and/or as a wireless The eSIM on the eUICC in the communication device, and/or externally resides in the wireless accessory device. The wireless accessory device can be coupled to the wireless communication device via a wired interface and/or via a wireless interface. The second SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device can provide the ability to extend the connection of the wireless communication device to the wireless network, for example, the ability to connect to a particular wireless network, the first SIM/eSIM in the wireless communication device being unauthorized A link is provided to the particular wireless network, for example, the first SIM/eSIM may not be launched for that particular wireless network. Alternatively, the second SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device can be used, such as when two different user identifications from two different SIM/eSIMs are used for accessing the same wireless network for different services and/or subscriptions The available users in the first SIM/eSIM in the wireless communication device identify different user identifications to enable the wireless communication device to connect to the wireless network. A wireless cellular protocol software stack in a wireless communication device can communicate with a wireless accessory device, for example, to access a second SIM/eSIM via a wired/wireless interface and exchange information, such as to obtain credentials, in this manner, wirelessly The communication device can register and/or link to the wireless network via the cellular protocol software stack using the information/credential from the second SIM/eSIM. In a representative embodiment, the interface between the wireless communication device and the wireless accessory device uses a low power wireless protocol, such as a Bluetooth® low energy wireless communication protocol, a radio frequency identification (RFID) protocol, or a near field communication (NFC) protocol. When the wireless communication device is not designed to include multiple SIM/eSIMs on multiple UICCs and/or eUICCs (eg, wireless communication devices include only for a single removable UICC bay and/or use internals on eUICC) When the eSIM does not support another SIM on the removable UICC, the wireless accessory device can provide access to the second SIM/eSIM. The wireless accessory device generally permits access to the SIM/eSIM for connection to the wireless network via the wireless communication device, wherein the activated SIM/eSIM is not resident in the wireless communication device. In some embodiments, the second resides in the wireless accessory device The SIM/eSIM can support all of the same functions as the first SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless communication device. A plurality of external SIM/eSIMs can reside in the wireless accessory device. The first "internal" SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless communication device can operate independently of the second "external" SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless accessory device.

圖1說明代表性「通用」無線網路100,其可包括由一或多個無線電鏈路126連結至由無線電存取網路128提供之一或多個無線電扇區104的無線通信裝置102。每一無線電扇區104可表示使用在所選頻率下操作之射頻頻道自相關聯的無線電節點108發射之無線電覆蓋的地理區域。每一無線電節點108可產生一或多個無線電扇區104,無線通信裝置102可藉由一或多個無線電鏈路126連結至該一或多個無線電扇區。在一些無線網路100中,無線通信裝置102可同時連結至一個以上無線電扇區104。可自單一無線電節點108或自可共用共同無線電控制器110之獨立無線電節點108發射多個無線電扇區104,無線通訊裝置102可連結至該多個無線電扇區104。一組無線電節點108連同相關聯之無線電控制器110可被稱作無線電存取子系統106。通常,無線電存取子系統106中之每一無線電節點108可包括安裝於天線塔上之射頻傳輸及接收設備之集合,且連結至無線電節點108之無線電控制器110可包括用於控制及處理經傳輸及接收的射頻信號之電子設備。無線電控制器110可管理將無線通信裝置102連結至無線電存取網路128之無線電鏈路126的建立、維持及釋放。 1 illustrates a representative "universal" wireless network 100 that may include a wireless communication device 102 coupled by one or more radio links 126 to one or more radio sectors 104 provided by a radio access network 128. Each radio sector 104 may represent a geographical area of radio coverage transmitted from the associated radio node 108 using radio frequency channels operating at the selected frequency. Each radio node 108 can generate one or more radio sectors 104 to which the wireless communication device 102 can be coupled by one or more radio links 126. In some wireless networks 100, the wireless communication device 102 can be simultaneously coupled to more than one radio sector 104. A plurality of radio sectors 104 may be transmitted from a single radio node 108 or from a separate radio node 108 that may share a common radio controller 110 to which the wireless communication device 102 may be coupled. A set of radio nodes 108 along with associated radio controller 110 may be referred to as radio access subsystem 106. In general, each of the radio nodes 108 in the radio access subsystem 106 can include a collection of radio frequency transmitting and receiving devices mounted on the antenna tower, and the radio controller 110 coupled to the radio node 108 can include control and processing An electronic device that transmits and receives RF signals. The radio controller 110 can manage the establishment, maintenance, and release of the radio link 126 that connects the wireless communication device 102 to the radio access network 128.

可使用大量不同多工技術(包括分時、分頻、分碼、分空間及其組合)在多個無線通信裝置102中共用在無線電扇區104中形成無線電鏈路126之無線電資源。無線電資源控制(RRC)發信號連結可用於在無線通信裝置102與無線電存取網路128之無線電存取子系統106中之無線電控制器110之間通信,包括對於無線電資源的請求及無線電資源至多個無線通信裝置102之動態分配。無線通信裝置102可經由一或多個無 線電扇區104同時連結至無線電存取網路128。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置102及無線網路100支援分集通信及/或多輸入多輸出(MIMO)通信,其中射頻信號經由兩個或兩個以上獨立無線通信路徑(亦被稱作頻道)發送,(例如)以經由多個路徑提供冗餘資料以改良信號接收及解碼,其又可改良下行鏈路效能,或以經由多個路徑提供額外資料以增加下行鏈路資料速率。 The radio resources forming the radio link 126 in the radio sector 104 can be shared among the plurality of wireless communication devices 102 using a number of different multiplex technologies, including time division, frequency division, code division, division space, and combinations thereof. A Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling link can be used to communicate between the wireless communication device 102 and the radio controller 110 in the radio access subsystem 106 of the radio access network 128, including requests for radio resources and radio resources at most Dynamic allocation of wireless communication devices 102. Wireless communication device 102 can be via one or more The line sector 104 is simultaneously coupled to the radio access network 128. In some embodiments, wireless communication device 102 and wireless network 100 support diversity communication and/or multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication, wherein the radio frequency signals are via two or more independent wireless communication paths (also referred to as channels) Transmit, for example, to provide redundant data via multiple paths to improve signal reception and decoding, which in turn may improve downlink performance or provide additional data via multiple paths to increase the downlink data rate.

提供至無線通信裝置102的射頻空中鏈路連結的無線電存取網路128,亦連結至可包括電路交換網域122(通常用於語音訊務)及封包交換網域124(通常用於資料訊務)之核心網路112。無線電存取網路128之無線電存取子系統106中之無線電控制器110可連結至電路交換網域122中之電路交換中心118及核心網路112的封包交換網域中之封包交換節點120兩者。電路交換中心118可將電路交換式訊務(諸如語音呼叫)路由至公眾交換式電話網路(PSTN)114。封包交換節點120可將封包交換式訊務(諸如資料封包之「無連結」集合)路由至公共資料網路(PDN)116。 A radio access network 128 that provides radio frequency air link connectivity to the wireless communication device 102 is also coupled to include circuit switched domain 122 (typically for voice traffic) and packet switched domain 124 (usually for data messaging) Core network 112. The radio controller 110 in the radio access subsystem 106 of the radio access network 128 can be coupled to the circuit switching center 118 in the circuit switched domain 122 and the packet switching node 120 in the packet switched network domain of the core network 112. By. The circuit switching center 118 can route circuit switched traffic, such as voice calls, to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 114. Packet switching node 120 may route packet switched traffic (such as a "no link" set of data packets) to public data network (PDN) 116.

圖2說明可包括與針對圖1中所示之「通用」無線網路100所描述之彼等元件相當的元件的代表性舊版2G/3G無線網路200。(舉例而言,舊版2G/3G無線網路200可為CDMA 2000 1x無線網路、GSM無線網路、UMTS無線網路或CDMA EV-DO無線網路。)多個行動台202可經由一或多個射頻鏈路226連結至一或多個無線電扇區204。每一無線電扇區204可自可連結至基地台控制器(BSC)210之基地收發器台(BTS)208向外輻射,基地台控制器(BSC)210與基地收發器台(BTS)208一起形成基地台子系統(BSS)206。多個基地台子系統206可聚集以形成無線電存取網路228。可互連不同基地台子系統206中之基地台控制器210。基地台控制器210可連結至使用多個行動交換中心(MSC)218之電路交換網域222及與封包資料服務節點(PDSN)220一起形成之封包交換網域224, 電路交換網域222與封包交換網域224一起可形成無線網路200之核心網路212。如同上文所描述之通用無線網路100,核心網路212之電路交換網域222可互連至PSTN 114,同時核心網路212之封包交換網域224可互連至PDN 116。舊版無線網路200可為無線通信裝置(例如,行動台202)提供服務,該等服務(例如,經由舊版無線網路200之電路交換式語音連結)可不能由4G無線網路提供。舊版無線網路200可與4G無線網路並行使用以為同一無線通信裝置提供例如經由4G無線網路之一系列進階服務及例如經由舊版2G/3G無線網路200之一系列舊版服務。在一些實施例中,舊版2G/3G無線網路200提供語音服務及/或電路交換式服務,而4G無線網路提供資料/網際網路及/或封包交換式服務。在一些實施例中,針對第一用戶識別使用舊版2G/3G無線網路200,而針對第二用戶識別使用4G無線網路。在一些實施例中,每一無線網路(例如,舊版2G/3G無線網路200及4G無線網路)可由一或複數個用戶識別使用(例如,作為回退程序或漫遊協議之部分)。 2 illustrates a representative legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 that may include elements comparable to those described for the "universal" wireless network 100 shown in FIG. (For example, the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 can be a CDMA 2000 1x wireless network, a GSM wireless network, a UMTS wireless network, or a CDMA EV-DO wireless network.) Multiple mobile stations 202 can be connected via one Or multiple radio frequency links 226 are coupled to one or more radio sectors 204. Each radio sector 204 can be radiated outward from a base transceiver station (BTS) 208 that can be coupled to a base station controller (BSC) 210, which together with a base transceiver station (BTS) 208 A base station subsystem (BSS) 206 is formed. A plurality of base station subsystems 206 can be aggregated to form a radio access network 228. The base station controller 210 in the different base station subsystems 206 can be interconnected. The base station controller 210 can be coupled to a circuit switched domain 222 that uses a plurality of mobile switching centers (MSCs) 218 and a packet switched domain 224 that is formed with a packet data serving node (PDSN) 220, Circuit switched domain 222, along with packet switched domain 224, may form core network 212 of wireless network 200. As with the generic wireless network 100 described above, the circuit switched domain 222 of the core network 212 can be interconnected to the PSTN 114 while the packet switched domain 224 of the core network 212 can be interconnected to the PDN 116. The legacy wireless network 200 can provide services to wireless communication devices (e.g., mobile station 202) that may not be provided by a 4G wireless network (e.g., circuit switched voice connections via legacy wireless network 200). The legacy wireless network 200 can be used in parallel with a 4G wireless network to provide the same wireless communication device with a series of advanced services, such as via a 4G wireless network, and a legacy service, such as via the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200. . In some embodiments, the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 provides voice services and/or circuit switched services, while the 4G wireless network provides data/internet and/or packet switched services. In some embodiments, the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 is used for the first user identification and the 4G wireless network is used for the second user identification. In some embodiments, each wireless network (eg, legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 and 4G wireless network) may be used by one or more user identifications (eg, as part of a fallback procedure or roaming agreement) .

圖3說明用於4G長期演進(LTE)或進階LTE無線網路300之代表性架構,該架構經專門設計為封包交換式式網路。使用者設備(UE)302可經由與自演進型節點B(eNodeB)310傳輸的無線電扇區304相關聯之無線電鏈路326連結至演進型無線電存取網路322。eNodeB 310可包括傳輸及接收基地台(諸如舊版無線網路200中之BTS 208)以及基地台無線電控制器(諸如舊版無線網路200中之BSC 210)之功能。LTE無線網路300之等效核心網路為包括將演進型無線電存取網路322與連結至外部網際網路協定(IP)網路318之公共資料網路(PDN)閘道器316互連之伺服閘道器312的演進型封包核心網路320。多個eNodeB 310可經分組在一起以形成eUTRAN 306。eNodeB 310亦可連結至可提供對使用者設備302之連結之控制的行動性管理實體(MME)314。eNodeB 310可控制無線電鏈路326之無線電資源至使用者設備302之分配。eNodeB 310可將 傳呼訊息傳達至使用者設備302,該等傳呼訊息建立與使用者設備302之RRC連結之傳呼訊息。 3 illustrates a representative architecture for a 4G Long Term Evolution (LTE) or advanced LTE wireless network 300 that is specifically designed as a packet switched network. User equipment (UE) 302 may be coupled to evolved radio access network 322 via a radio link 326 associated with radio sector 304 transmitted from evolved Node B (eNodeB) 310. The eNodeB 310 can include functions for transmitting and receiving base stations (such as the BTS 208 in the legacy wireless network 200) and base station radio controllers (such as the BSC 210 in the legacy wireless network 200). The equivalent core network of LTE wireless network 300 includes interconnecting evolved radio access network 322 with a public data network (PDN) gateway 316 that is coupled to an external Internet Protocol (IP) network 318. The evolved packet core network 320 of the servo gateway 312. Multiple eNodeBs 310 may be grouped together to form eUTRAN 306. The eNodeB 310 can also be coupled to an Mobility Management Entity (MME) 314 that can provide control of the connection to the user equipment 302. The eNodeB 310 can control the allocation of radio resources of the radio link 326 to the user equipment 302. eNodeB 310 can The paging message is communicated to the user device 302, and the paging message establishes a paging message that is linked to the RRC of the user device 302.

圖4說明與4G LTE/LTE-A無線網路300及與舊版2G/3G無線網路200兩者通信之無線通信裝置102之圖400。(通用術語「無線通信裝置」102應在下文用於指示行動終端機、行動台、使用者設備或用於可經由一或多個無線存取網路連結至一或多個無線網路之行動無線裝置之其他相當認可之術語。)舊版2G/3G無線網路200可經由行動交換中心(MSC)218連結至基於電路交換之公眾交換式電話網路(PSTN)114。舊版2G/3G無線網路200可為無線通信裝置102(諸如用於電路交換式回退(CSFB)程序)提供電路交換式服務(例如,電路交換式語音連結)。在一些實施例中,舊版2G/3G無線網路200之MSC 218可互連至4G LTE/LTE-A無線網路300之MME 314,以協調無線通信裝置102之呼叫發信號。圖4說明舊版2G/3G無線網路200與4G無線網路300之間的代表性互連,在一些實施例中,舊版2G/3G無線網路200與4G無線網路300可提供對其間之無線服務之協調。在一些實施例中,兩個或兩個以上並列無線網路可(例如)基於無線網路提供者之間的漫遊協議互連以支援用戶行動性。在一些實施例中,(例如)當無線通信裝置102支援複數個用戶識別時,多個無線網路可將獨立服務提供至無線通信裝置102,其中每一用戶識別與多個無線網路中之一者相關聯(更大體而言,與經由無線網路中之一者供應服務之無線網路運營商及/或服務提供商相關聯)。 4 illustrates a diagram 400 of a wireless communication device 102 in communication with both a 4G LTE/LTE-A wireless network 300 and an legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200. (The generic term "wireless communication device" 102 should be used hereinafter to indicate a mobile terminal, mobile station, user equipment, or for connection to one or more wireless networks via one or more wireless access networks. Other fairly recognized terms for wireless devices.) The legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 can be coupled to a circuit switched public switched telephone network (PSTN) 114 via a Mobile Switching Center (MSC) 218. The legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 can provide circuit switched services (e.g., circuit switched voice links) to the wireless communication device 102, such as for a circuit switched fallback (CSFB) program. In some embodiments, the MSC 218 of the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 can be interconnected to the MME 314 of the 4G LTE/LTE-A wireless network 300 to coordinate the call signaling of the wireless communication device 102. 4 illustrates a representative interconnection between a legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 and a 4G wireless network 300. In some embodiments, the legacy 2G/3G wireless network 200 and the 4G wireless network 300 may provide a pair. Coordination of wireless services in between. In some embodiments, two or more parallel wireless networks may be interconnected, for example, based on roaming protocols between wireless network providers to support user mobility. In some embodiments, multiple wireless networks may provide independent services to the wireless communication device 102, for example, when the wireless communication device 102 supports multiple user identifications, where each user is identified with multiple wireless networks One is associated (more specifically, associated with a wireless network operator and/or service provider that provides services via one of the wireless networks).

圖5A說明包括一或多個處理器506及無線電路系統508的雙SIM無線通信裝置502之圖500,無線電路系統508提供雙SIM無線通信裝置502與第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B之間的無線射頻(RF)連結。在一些實施例中,無線電路系統508包括一或多個基頻處理器及RF類比前端電路之集合。在一些實施例中,無線電路系統508及/或其 一部分可包括或被稱作無線傳輸器/接收器或收發器或收音機。術語電路、電路系統、組件及組件區塊可在本文中互換使用,在一些實施例中,可用於指代處理及/或對數位信號、類比信號進行操作的無線通信裝置之一或多個可操作單元或用於無線通信之數位資料單元。舉例而言,代表性電路可執行將數位資料單元轉化為所傳輸的射頻類比波形及/或將所接收的類比波形轉化為包括中間類比形式及中間數位形式之數位資料單元之各種功能。無線電路系統508可包括RF類比前端電路系統之組件(例如,一或多個天線之集合),該等組件可與可包括濾波器及其他類比組件之額外支援RF電路系統互連,該等其他類比組件可經「組態」以供類比信號經由一或多個對應的天線至第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B中之一或多者的傳輸及/或接收。 5A illustrates a diagram 500 of a dual SIM wireless communication device 502 that includes one or more processors 506 and a wireless circuitry 508 that provides dual SIM wireless communication devices 502 with a first wireless network 510A and a second wireless network. Radio frequency (RF) connection between roads 510B. In some embodiments, wireless circuitry 508 includes one or more baseband processors and a collection of RF analog front end circuitry. In some embodiments, wireless circuitry 508 and/or A portion may include or be referred to as a wireless transmitter/receiver or transceiver or radio. The terms circuit, circuitry, components, and component blocks are used interchangeably herein and, in some embodiments, may be used to refer to one or more of the wireless communication devices that process and/or operate on digital signals, analog signals. An operating unit or a digital data unit for wireless communication. For example, a representative circuit can perform various functions of converting a digital data unit into a transmitted radio frequency analog waveform and/or converting the received analog waveform into a digital data unit including an intermediate analog form and an intermediate digital form. Wireless circuitry 508 can include components of an RF analog front end circuitry (eg, a collection of one or more antennas) that can be interconnected with additional support RF circuitry that can include filters and other analog components, such other The analog component can be "configured" for the analog signal to pass through one or more corresponding antennas to the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B, one of the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B Or multiple transmissions and/or receptions.

處理器506及無線電路系統系統508可根據各種實施經組態以執行及/或控制雙SIM無線通信裝置502之一或多個功能性之效能。處理器506及無線電路系統508可提供用於協調雙SIM無線通信裝置502中之硬體/軟體資源以改良效能及降低至無線網路510A/B中之一或多者的連結的行動性管理的功率消耗之功能性。處理器506可包括不同類型之多個處理器,其可提供無線通信管理及/或較高層功能兩者,例如,一或多個處理器506可根據本發明之一或多個實施例經組態以執行資料處理、應用程式執行及/或其他裝置功能。雙SIM無線通信裝置502或其部分或組件(諸如處理器506)可包括一或多個晶片組,該一或多個晶片組可分別在其上包括任何數目個耦接的微晶片。 Processor 506 and wireless circuitry system 508 can be configured to perform and/or control the performance of one or more of the functionality of dual SIM wireless communication device 502 in accordance with various implementations. Processor 506 and wireless circuitry 508 can provide mobility management for coordinating hardware/software resources in dual SIM wireless communication device 502 to improve performance and reduce connectivity to one or more of wireless networks 510A/B The functionality of power consumption. Processor 506 can include multiple processors of different types, which can provide both wireless communication management and/or higher layer functionality, for example, one or more processors 506 can be grouped in accordance with one or more embodiments of the present invention. State to perform data processing, application execution, and/or other device functions. The dual SIM wireless communication device 502, or portions or components thereof (such as the processor 506), can include one or more wafer sets, each of which can include any number of coupled microchips thereon.

在一些實施例中,處理器506可以多種不同形式組態。舉例而言,處理器506可與任何數目個微處理器、共處理器、控制器或各種其他計算或處理工具(包括積體電路,諸如特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、場可程式化閘陣列(FPGA)或其任何組合)相關聯。在各種情境中,雙SIM無線 通信裝置502之多個處理器506可耦接至彼此及/或經組態為與彼此操作性通信,且此等組件可共同地經組態以執行與複數個用戶識別相關聯之行動性管理功能,該複數個用戶識別與經由多個無線網路提供之無線服務相關聯。在一些實施中,處理器506可經組態以執行可儲存於記憶體中或在一些其他裝置記憶體中可另外對於處理器506為可存取之指令。因此,不論組態為硬體或硬體及軟體之組合抑或連同硬體或硬體及軟體之組合組態,處理器506在經相應地組態時可能夠根據本文所描述之各種實施執行操作。在各種實施例中,雙SIM無線通信裝置502中之記憶體可包括可與任何共同揮發性或非揮發性記憶體類型相關聯之多個記憶體裝置。在一些情境中,記憶體可與可儲存各種電腦程式指令之非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體相關聯,該等指令可在正常程式執行期間由處理器506執行。就此而言,記憶體可經組態以儲存資訊、資料、應用程式、指令或類似者,以便使無線通信裝置能夠根據本發明之一或多個實施例執行各種功能。在一些實施中,記憶體可與處理器506以及用於在雙SIM無線通信裝置502之不同裝置組件之間或之中傳遞資訊之一或多個系統匯流排通信及/或另外耦接。 In some embodiments, processor 506 can be configured in a number of different forms. For example, processor 506 can be coupled to any number of microprocessors, coprocessors, controllers, or various other computing or processing tools (including integrated circuits, such as special application integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gates The array (FPGA) or any combination thereof is associated. In all scenarios, dual SIM wireless The plurality of processors 506 of the communication device 502 can be coupled to each other and/or configured to operatively communicate with each other, and such components can be collectively configured to perform mobility management associated with a plurality of user identifications Function, the plurality of user identifications are associated with wireless services provided over a plurality of wireless networks. In some implementations, processor 506 can be configured to execute instructions that can be stored in memory or otherwise accessible to processor 506 in some other device memory. Thus, whether configured as a combination of hardware or hardware and software, or in combination with hardware or a combination of hardware and software, processor 506, when configured accordingly, can perform operations in accordance with the various implementations described herein. . In various embodiments, the memory in the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can include a plurality of memory devices that can be associated with any common volatile or non-volatile memory type. In some scenarios, the memory can be associated with a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that can store various computer program instructions that can be executed by processor 506 during normal program execution. In this regard, the memory can be configured to store information, materials, applications, instructions or the like to enable the wireless communication device to perform various functions in accordance with one or more embodiments of the present invention. In some implementations, the memory can be in communication with and/or coupled to the processor 506 and one or more system busses for communicating information between or among different device components of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502.

圖5A中所說明之雙SIM無線通信裝置502包括兩個可卸除式UICC 504A/504B,該兩個UICC可一起或單獨地插入及自雙SIM無線通信裝置502移除。每一UICC 504A/B包括至少一軟體識別模組(SIM),該軟體識別模組可體現為安裝於UICC 504A/B上之軟體/韌體程式。倘若雙SIM無線通信裝置502支援此靈活性(例如,未「鎖定」至特定無線網路運營商或服務提供商之「未鎖定」裝置),可卸除式UICC 504A/B可向雙SIM無線通信裝置502之使用者提供替換UICC以更改服務之能力。無線通信裝置之硬體複雜性及/或大小可限制包括多個UICC槽之能力,且因此本文中進一步說明用於無線通信裝置之額外配置包括單一UICC上之多個SIM及/或嵌入式UICC上之電子SIM(eSIM)或其組合。 在一些實施例中,雙SIM無線通信裝置502可同時在兩個不同無線網路(例如,第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B)處註冊。雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線電路系統508可經組態以經由與核心網路514A介接之存取網路設備512A在第一無線網路510A處註冊及/或建立與第一無線網路510A之連結。雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線電路系統508亦可經組態以經由與核心網路514B介接之存取網路設備512B在第二無線網路510B處註冊及/或建立與第二無線網路510B之連結。在一些實施例中,雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線電路系統508支援至第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B兩者的同時傳輸及接收。在一些實施例中,雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線電路系統508一次支援至第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B中之僅一者的傳輸及接收。在一些實施例中,雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線電路系統508一次支援至第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B中之僅一者的傳輸及自第第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B中之一或兩者的接收。由於雙SIM無線通信裝置502可經由兩個不同訂用同時在兩個不同無線網路處註冊,故雙SIM無線通信裝置502可表現為兩個有區別的裝置(每一者與不同的數字、使用者及/或訂用相關聯)。一次可連結至僅一個無線網路但可監視及/或接收來自其所註冊處之兩個無線網路的通信的雙SIM無線通信裝置502可被稱作「雙SIM雙待」(DSDS)無線通信裝置。可使用兩個不同用戶識別同時連結至兩個無線網路之雙SIM無線通信裝置502可被稱作「雙SIM雙作用中」(DSDA)無線通信裝置。大體而言,雙SIM無線通信裝置502可被稱作「DSDx」無線通信裝置,其中「x」可指示「待用」之「S」或「作用中」之「A」。 The dual SIM wireless communication device 502 illustrated in FIG. 5A includes two removable UICCs 504A/504B that can be inserted together and separately and separately from the dual SIM wireless communication device 502. Each UICC 504A/B includes at least one software identification module (SIM), which can be embodied as a software/firmware program installed on the UICC 504A/B. If the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 supports this flexibility (eg, not "locked" to a "unlocked" device of a particular wireless network operator or service provider), the removable UICC 504A/B can be dual SIM wireless The user of the communication device 502 provides the ability to replace the UICC to change the service. The hardware complexity and/or size of the wireless communication device can limit the ability to include multiple UICC slots, and thus further description herein for additional configurations for wireless communication devices includes multiple SIMs and/or embedded UICCs on a single UICC Electronic SIM (eSIM) or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can simultaneously register at two different wireless networks (eg, the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B). The wireless circuitry 508 of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be configured to register with the first wireless network 510A and/or establish a first wireless network via the access network device 512A interfaced with the core network 514A. Link to 510A. The wireless circuitry 508 of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can also be configured to register with the second wireless network 510B via the access network device 512B interfaced with the core network 514B and/or establish a second wireless network. Link to Road 510B. In some embodiments, the wireless circuitry 508 of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 supports simultaneous transmission and reception to both the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B. In some embodiments, the wireless circuitry 508 of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 supports transmission and reception to only one of the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B at a time. In some embodiments, the wireless circuitry 508 of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 supports transmission to and from only the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B at a time. Reception of one or both of the second wireless networks 510B. Since the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be registered at two different wireless networks simultaneously via two different subscriptions, the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be represented as two distinct devices (each with a different number, User and/or subscription associated). A dual SIM wireless communication device 502 that can be connected to only one wireless network at a time but can monitor and/or receive communications from two wireless networks where it is registered can be referred to as "Dual SIM Dual Standby" (DSDS) wireless. Communication device. A dual SIM wireless communication device 502 that can be simultaneously coupled to two wireless networks using two different user identifications can be referred to as a "dual SIM dual active" (DSDA) wireless communication device. In general, the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be referred to as a "DSDx" wireless communication device, where "x" can indicate "S" or "active" "A" of "standby".

雙SIM無線通信裝置502可包括可在一或多個處理器506上執行之兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與相異用戶識別相關聯且可基於用戶識別支援與無線網路之通信。在一些 實施例中,每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在其自有之處理器506上執行,而在其他實施例中,兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在共同處理器506上執行。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可(例如)根據2G、3G及/或4G無線通信協定之集合支援使用一或多個不同無線電存取技術(RAT)的通信。在一些實施例中,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可支援使用單一無線電存取技術(RAT)(例如,2G GSM或3G UMTS)的通信。如本文進一步所描述,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與彼此通信,以提供在雙SIM無線通信裝置502之行動性管理方面的協作及合作。在代表性實施例中,兩個UICC 504A/B上所包含的SIM可與同一無線服務提供者相關聯,在此情況下,SIM可經由同一無線網路支援雙SIM無線通信裝置502之連結。替代地,兩個UICC 504A/B上所包含的SIM可與經由相同無線網路(例如,一個作為「本籍」無線網路且另一個作為「漫遊」無線網路,或一個作為第一行動網路運營商(亦被稱作無線電訊廠商或無線服務提供者)之「本籍」無線網路且另一個作為用於第二行動虛擬網路運營商(MVNO)之「本籍」無線網路)供應服務的不同無線服務提供者相關聯。因此,在許多情況下,雙SIM無線通信裝置502可使用兩個不同用戶識別連結至同一實體無線網路。當雙SIM經由同一無線網路支援用於同一無線網路運營商或用於不同無線網路運營商之連結時,可在兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用用於支援雙SIM無線通信裝置502之無線連結及行動性之資訊。在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用資訊可減少射頻干擾及/或減少無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的衝突。在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用資訊亦可減少雙SIM無線通信裝置502之功率消耗,因為重複操作可減少或消除。 Dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can include two wireless cellular protocol software stacks that can be executed on one or more processors 506. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack can be associated with distinct user identification and can support communication with the wireless network based on user identification. In some In an embodiment, each wireless cellular protocol software stack is executed on its own processor 506, while in other embodiments, two wireless cellular protocol software stacks are executed on a common processor 506. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack can support communication using one or more different radio access technologies (RATs), for example, according to a set of 2G, 3G, and/or 4G wireless communication protocols. In some embodiments, the wireless cellular protocol software stack can support communication using a single radio access technology (RAT) (eg, 2G GSM or 3G UMTS). As further described herein, wireless cellular protocol software stacks can communicate with each other to provide collaboration and cooperation in the mobility management of dual SIM wireless communication devices 502. In a representative embodiment, the SIMs included on the two UICCs 504A/B can be associated with the same wireless service provider, in which case the SIM can support the connection of the dual SIM wireless communication devices 502 via the same wireless network. Alternatively, the SIMs contained on the two UICCs 504A/B can be connected to the same wireless network (eg, one as a "home" wireless network and the other as a "roaming" wireless network, or one as the first mobile network). The "home" wireless network of the road operator (also known as the radio carrier or wireless service provider) and the other as the "home" wireless network for the second mobile virtual network operator (MVNO) The service is associated with different wireless service providers. Thus, in many cases, dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can connect to the same physical wireless network using two different user identifications. When dual SIMs are supported by the same wireless network for the same wireless network operator or for different wireless network operators, they can be shared between two wireless cellular protocol software stacks to support dual SIM wireless communication. Information about the wireless connection and mobility of device 502. Sharing information between wireless cellular protocol software stacks reduces radio frequency interference and/or reduces collisions between wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Sharing information between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks can also reduce the power consumption of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 because repeated operations can be reduced or eliminated.

在一些實施例中,在經支援時,雙SIM無線通信裝置502可經組態以使用用於相同無線網路之相同存取技術強制每一用戶識別之連結使用相同實體無線網路、相同存取網路設備及/或相同小區/無線電扇區。 在一些實施例中,第一無線網路510A及第二無線網路510B可為相同無線網路,且無線電路系統508可經由同一存取網路設備512A/512B使用相同RAT連結至同一小區。當雙SIM無線通信裝置502之兩個SIM經由訂用協議或經由漫遊協議與相同無線服務提供者相關聯時,可使用相同小區/RAT/存取網路/無線網路。可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用行動性管理資訊(諸如相鄰小區清單、相鄰小區量測、小區重選量測、切換處理程序等),以減少由雙SIM無線通信裝置502執行的行動性管理任務之無用重複及為行動性管理協調雙SIM無線通信裝置502中可用之資源。 In some embodiments, when supported, the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be configured to force each user-identified link to use the same physical wireless network, the same memory using the same access technology for the same wireless network. Take network devices and/or the same cell/radio sector. In some embodiments, the first wireless network 510A and the second wireless network 510B can be the same wireless network, and the wireless circuitry 508 can be linked to the same cell using the same RAT via the same access network device 512A/512B. The same cell/RAT/access network/wireless network may be used when two SIMs of the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 are associated with the same wireless service provider via a subscription protocol or via a roaming protocol. Mobility management information (such as neighbor cell list, neighbor cell measurement, cell reselection measurement, handover procedure, etc.) may be shared between wireless cellular protocol software stacks to reduce execution by dual SIM wireless communication device 502 The useless reuse of the mobility management tasks and coordination of resources available in the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 for mobility management.

應瞭解,並非所有圖5A之雙SIM無線通信裝置502中所說明及關於該雙SIM無線通信裝置所描述之組件、裝置元件及硬體可對於本發明而言係必需的,且因此可合理地忽略、合併或另外修改一些此等項目。另外,在一些實施中,與雙SIM無線通信裝置502相關聯之標的物可經組態以包括除圖5A之說明中所描繪的彼等者外之額外或替代組件、裝置元件或硬體。 It should be appreciated that not all of the components, device components, and hardware described in the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 of FIG. 5A and described with respect to the dual SIM wireless communication device may be necessary for the present invention, and thus may reasonably Ignore, merge, or otherwise modify some of these items. Additionally, in some implementations, the subject matter associated with the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 can be configured to include additional or alternative components, device components, or hardware in addition to those depicted in the description of FIG. 5A.

圖5B說明額外無線通信裝置之圖,該等額外無線通信裝置使用其上實施有用戶識別模組的可卸除式UICC及/或嵌入式UICC支援複數個用戶識別。如圖520中所說明,多SIM無線通信裝置522包括多個UICC 504,該多個UICC可單獨或一起插入及移除且與一或多個處理器506通信,該一或多個處理器連結至提供與一或多個無線網路510之無線通信的無線電路系統508。由於多SIM無線通信裝置522之實體大小及設計可限制可支援之UICC 504之數目,替代地如藉由圖530所展示,多eSIM無線通信裝置532可包括與處理器506連結且經由無線電路系統508連結至無線網路510之嵌入式UICC(eUICC)514。eUICC 514可經建置至多eSIM無線通信裝置532中且不可自多eSIM無線通信裝置523移除(例如,永久地附著至多eSIM無線通信裝置523中之電路板)。eUICC 514 可經程式化使得一或多個電子SIM(eSIM)可實施於eUICC上。每一eSIM可與相異用戶識別相關聯及/或為多eSIM無線通信裝置532之使用者提供相異服務或訂用。圖540說明多eSIM/SIM無線通信裝置542,該多eSIM/SIM無線通信裝置包括其上可安裝一或多個SIM之可卸除式UICC 504及其上可安裝一或多個eSIM之eUICC 514。UICC 504上之SIM及/或eUICC 514上之eSIM的組合可在多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置542之處理器506之控制下使用無線電路系統508提供至一或多個無線網路510之連結。在一些實施例中,多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置542可基於資訊及/或安裝於可卸除式UICC 504上之應用程式在eUICC 514上產生eSIM。圖550說明另一多eSIM/SIM無線通信裝置552,該多eSIM/SIM無線通信裝置包括其上可安裝一或多個SIM之多個UICC 504及其上可安裝一或多個eSIM之eUICC 514。UICC 504上之SIM及/或eUICC 514上之eSIM的組合可在多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置552之處理器506之控制下使用無線電路系統508提供至一或多個無線網路510之連結。在一些實施例中,多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置552可基於資訊及/或安裝於可卸除式UICC 504中之一或多者上之應用程式在eUICC 514上產生eSIM。大體而言,支援複數個用戶識別之無線通信裝置102可包括(i)至少一個UICC 504或至少一個eUICC 514及(ii)一或多個額外UICC 504。每一UICC 504可支援一或多個SIM,且每一eUICC 514可支援一或多個eSIM。支援複數個用戶識別之無線通信裝置102(例如,無線通信裝置502、522、532、542、552)可包括SIM及/或eSIM之組合以支援與一或多個無線網路510之通信。 5B illustrates a diagram of additional wireless communication devices that support a plurality of user identifications using a removable UICC and/or an embedded UICC having a user identification module implemented thereon. As illustrated in FIG. 520, the multi-SIM wireless communication device 522 includes a plurality of UICCs 504 that can be inserted and removed separately or together and in communication with one or more processors 506 that are coupled To provide wireless circuitry 508 for wireless communication with one or more wireless networks 510. Since the physical size and design of the multi-SIM wireless communication device 522 can limit the number of supportable UICCs 504, instead of being shown by FIG. 530, the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 532 can include a connection with the processor 506 and via wireless circuitry. 508 is coupled to an embedded UICC (eUICC) 514 of wireless network 510. The eUICC 514 can be built into and out of the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 532 (eg, permanently attached to a circuit board in the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 523). eUICC 514 It can be programmed such that one or more electronic SIMs (eSIMs) can be implemented on the eUICC. Each eSIM can be associated with a different user identification and/or provide a differentiated service or subscription to a user of the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 532. Figure 540 illustrates a multi-eSIM/SIM wireless communication device 542 that includes a removable UICC 504 on which one or more SIMs can be mounted and an eUICC 514 on which one or more eSIMs can be installed . The combination of SIM on SIMCC 504 and/or eSIM on eUICC 514 may be provided to the one or more wireless networks 510 using wireless circuitry 508 under the control of processor 506 of multi-SIM/eSIM wireless communication device 542. In some embodiments, the multi-SIM/eSIM wireless communication device 542 can generate an eSIM on the eUICC 514 based on information and/or an application installed on the removable UICC 504. Figure 550 illustrates another multi-eSIM/SIM wireless communication device 552 that includes a plurality of UICCs 504 on which one or more SIMs can be mounted and eUICC 514 on which one or more eSIMs can be installed . The combination of SIM on SIMCC 504 and/or eSIM on eUICC 514 may be provided to the one or more wireless networks 510 using wireless circuitry 508 under the control of processor 506 of multi-SIM/eSIM wireless communication device 552. In some embodiments, the multi-SIM/eSIM wireless communication device 552 can generate an eSIM on the eUICC 514 based on information and/or an application installed on one or more of the removable UICCs 504. In general, wireless communication device 102 supporting a plurality of user identifications can include (i) at least one UICC 504 or at least one eUICC 514 and (ii) one or more additional UICCs 504. Each UICC 504 can support one or more SIMs, and each eUICC 514 can support one or more eSIMs. Wireless communication devices 102 (e.g., wireless communication devices 502, 522, 532, 542, 552) that support a plurality of user identifications can include a combination of SIMs and/or eSIMs to support communication with one or more wireless networks 510.

圖6說明多eSIM無線通信裝置602中之組件的方塊圖600。雖然依據多eSIM無線通信裝置602進行描述,但相同或類似區塊及功能可存在於雙SIM無線通信裝置502、多SIM無線通信裝置522、多eSIM無線通信裝置532或多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置542/552中。多eSIM無線通信 裝置602包括無線電路系統508(藉由其傳輸及接收射頻無線信號)、一或多個基頻處理器620(藉由其處理射頻無線信號及數位資料及在射頻無線信號與數位資料之間進行轉化)及耦接至其上可儲存行動裝置作業系統(OS)608及一或多個應用程式604之記憶體606的應用程式處理器610。應用程式處理器610可提供較高層功能處理(例如,用於應用層及/或用於輸送層),而基頻處理器620可提供較低層功能處理(例如,用於實體層、用於媒體存取控制(MAC)層及/或用於網路層)。(在一些實施例中,針對圖5A及圖5B所描述之多SIM及/或多eSIM無線通信裝置之一或多個處理器506可包括如針對圖6之多eSIM無線通信裝置602所展示之應用程式處理器610及/或一或多個基頻處理器620。)eUICC 618可包括其自有之記憶體612,eUICC OS 614及一個或多個eSIM 616儲存於該記憶體上,且eUICC 618亦可包括eUICC處理器622。eUICC記憶體612及eUICC處理器622可使eUICC OS 622能夠在eUICC 618內執行以管理一或多個eSIM 616。應用程式處理器610、eUICC處理器622及基頻處理器620可一起操作以使多eSIM無線通信裝置602能夠建立與一或多個無線網路之連結且存取該一或多個無線網路上之服務。 FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram 600 of components in a multi-eSIM wireless communication device 602. Although described in terms of multiple eSIM wireless communication devices 602, the same or similar blocks and functions may be present in dual SIM wireless communication device 502, multiple SIM wireless communication device 522, multiple eSIM wireless communication devices 532, or multiple SIM/eSIM wireless communication devices. 542/552. Multi-eSIM wireless communication The device 602 includes a wireless circuit system 508 (through which to transmit and receive radio frequency wireless signals), one or more baseband processors 620 (by which radio frequency wireless signals and digital data are processed and between radio frequency wireless signals and digital data) The application processor 610 is coupled to the memory 606 on which the mobile device operating system (OS) 608 and the one or more applications 604 can be stored. The application processor 610 can provide higher layer functional processing (eg, for the application layer and/or for the transport layer), while the baseband processor 620 can provide lower layer functional processing (eg, for the physical layer, for Media Access Control (MAC) layer and/or for the network layer). (In some embodiments, one or more processors 506 of the multi-SIM and/or multi-eSIM wireless communication device described with respect to Figures 5A and 5B may include as shown for the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 602 of Figure 6 The application processor 610 and/or one or more baseband processors 620. The eUICC 618 can include its own memory 612, the eUICC OS 614 and one or more eSIMs 616 are stored on the memory, and eUICC 618 can also include an eUICC processor 622. The eUICC memory 612 and the eUICC processor 622 can enable the eUICC OS 622 to execute within the eUICC 618 to manage one or more eSIMs 616. The application processor 610, the eUICC processor 622, and the baseband processor 620 can operate together to enable the multi-eSIM wireless communication device 602 to establish a connection with one or more wireless networks and access the one or more wireless networks. Service.

圖7A說明雙SIM雙作用中(DSDA)無線通信裝置702之圖700,該DSDA無線通信裝置包括兩個可卸除式UICC 504A/B,至少有兩個SIM安裝於該兩個可卸除式UICC上,例如,一個SIM在UICC 504A/B中之每一者上。每一UICC 504A/B可(例如,經由如圖6中所說明之應用程式處理器610及/或直接地)與一或多個基頻處理器620通信。一或多個基頻處理器620上之第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體(SW)堆疊704A可經由無線電路系統508A與第一無線網路通信,而第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B可經由無線電路系統508B與第二無線網路通信。藉由平行無線電路系統508A/B,DSDA無線通信裝置702可與兩個無線網路獨立地互動而不需要無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之間的介面或互動。無線蜂 巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B中之每一者可支援使用一或多個無線通信協定(例如,2G、3G及/或4G之組合)或使用單一無線通信協定(例如,2G GSM、或3G UMTS、或2G CDMA 2000 1x等)之通信。藉由足夠的平行無線電路系統508A/B及平行無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B,DSDA無線通信裝置702可在兩個不同無線網路處註冊且可並行及獨立地形成與兩個不同無線網路之連結。由於並列無線電路系統508A/B准許至兩個不同無線網路的並列通信,DSDA無線通信裝置702可在連結至第一無線網路時自第二無線網路接收通知(例如,傳呼訊息及/或傳呼指示)。如本文中進一步描述,可藉由將無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B連結在一起及在其間交換協定資訊及/或無線網路資訊來改良DSDA無線通信裝置702之操作效率。兩個蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之間的合作可提供分擔用於DSDA無線通信裝置702之行動性管理之任務。在一些實施例中,第一無線網路及第二無線網路可為相同無線網路,且DSDA無線通信裝置702可經由兩個不同無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/704B及並列無線電路系統508A/B與同一無線網路通信。當DSDA無線通信裝置702與用於兩個不同用戶識別之同一無線網路相關聯時,DSDA無線通信裝置702可藉由共用無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之間分擔任務及/或共用資訊而更有效地操作,如本文進一步所描述。 7A illustrates a diagram 700 of a dual SIM dual-play (DSDA) wireless communication device 702 that includes two removable UICCs 504A/B with at least two SIMs mounted to the two detachable On the UICC, for example, a SIM is on each of the UICCs 504A/B. Each UICC 504A/B can communicate with one or more baseband processors 620 (e.g., via application processor 610 and/or directly as illustrated in FIG. 6). The first wireless cellular protocol (SW) stack 704A on one or more of the baseband processors 620 can communicate with the first wireless network via the wireless circuitry 508A, and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B can be wirelessly Circuitry 508B is in communication with a second wireless network. With parallel wireless circuitry 508A/B, DSDA wireless communication device 702 can interact independently with two wireless networks without requiring an interface or interaction between wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B. Wireless bee Each of the nested protocol SW stacks 704A/B can support the use of one or more wireless communication protocols (eg, a combination of 2G, 3G, and/or 4G) or use a single wireless communication protocol (eg, 2G GSM, or 3G) Communication of UMTS, or 2G CDMA 2000 1x, etc.). With sufficient parallel wireless circuitry 508A/B and parallel wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A/B, DSDA wireless communication device 702 can be registered at two different wireless networks and can be formed in parallel and independently with two different wireless A link to the Internet. Since the parallel wireless circuitry 508A/B permits parallel communication to two different wireless networks, the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can receive notifications from the second wireless network when connected to the first wireless network (eg, paging messages and/or Or paging instructions). As further described herein, the operational efficiency of the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can be improved by linking the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B together and exchanging protocol information and/or wireless network information therebetween. The cooperation between the two cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B can provide the task of sharing the mobility management for the DSDA wireless communication device 702. In some embodiments, the first wireless network and the second wireless network can be the same wireless network, and the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can be via two different wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/704B and parallel wireless circuitry 508A /B communicates with the same wireless network. When the DSDA wireless communication device 702 is associated with the same wireless network for two different user identifications, the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can share tasks and/or share information by sharing the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A/B. And operate more efficiently, as described further herein.

圖7B說明雙SIM雙待(DSDS)無線通信裝置712/714之兩種組態之圖710。第一DSDS無線通信裝置712包括其上安裝至少兩個SIM之兩個可卸除式UICC 504A/B,且每一UICC 504A/B可與兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B在其上操作之一或多個基頻處理器620通信。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可經由共同傳輸/接收(Tx/Rx)無線電路系統706之集合與相應的無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,共同Tx/Rx無線電路系統706之集合一次藉由一個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A 或704B提供傳輸及/或接收,且因此DSDA無線通信裝置712可同時與兩個(或兩個以上)無線網路相關聯,但不能夠同時與兩個無線網路通信。舉例而言,DSDA無線通信裝置712可經組態以在分時模式下操作,該分時模式在無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之中共用Tx/Rx無線電路系統706。在一些實施例中,無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B兩者可在閒置模式下操作且收聽來自兩個不同無線網路中之每一者的傳呼訊息(例如,藉由必要時重新組態Tx/Rx無線電路系統706以接收來自每一無線網路的信號來交替收聽來自每一無線網路的傳呼訊息。)當無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B中之一者在連結狀態下操作時,另一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可在具有受限存取的閒置狀態下操作以收聽傳呼訊息。閒置無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可不能與無線網路連結直至連結的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊自連結狀態轉變回至閒置狀態。因此,DSDS無線通信裝置712可使用兩個不同用戶識別准許與兩個不同無線網路之連結,但在任何時間僅准許一個連結。 FIG. 7B illustrates a diagram 710 of two configurations of dual SIM dual standby (DSDS) wireless communication devices 712/714. The first DSDS wireless communication device 712 includes two removable UICCs 504A/B on which at least two SIMs are mounted, and each UICC 504A/B can be stacked with two wireless cellular protocol software packages 704A/B thereon One or more of the baseband processors 620 are in communication. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can communicate with a corresponding wireless network via a set of common transmission/reception (Tx/Rx) wireless circuitry 706. In some embodiments, the set of common Tx/Rx wireless circuitry 706 is once by a wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A Or 704B provides for transmission and/or reception, and thus DSDA wireless communication device 712 can be associated with two (or more) wireless networks simultaneously, but cannot simultaneously communicate with two wireless networks. For example, DSDA wireless communication device 712 can be configured to operate in a time sharing mode that shares Tx/Rx wireless circuitry 706 among wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B. In some embodiments, both wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B can operate in idle mode and listen to paging messages from each of two different wireless networks (eg, by reconfiguring if necessary) The Tx/Rx wireless circuitry 706 alternately listens to paging messages from each wireless network by receiving signals from each wireless network.) When one of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A or 704B is operating in a connected state At the same time, another wireless cellular protocol software stack can operate in an idle state with restricted access to listen to paging messages. The idle wireless cellular protocol software stack cannot be connected to the wireless network until the connected wireless cellular protocol software stack transitions from the connected state back to the idle state. Thus, the DSDS wireless communication device 712 can use two different user identifications to associate with two different wireless networks, but only one link is allowed at any time.

在DSDS無線通信裝置714之第二組態中,如圖7B中所說明,無線電路系統708/710A/B之共用集合提供可同時使用的一個傳輸路徑及兩個並列接收路徑。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可經組態以經由傳輸(Tx)無線電路系統708之集合進行傳輸,但僅一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可在任何時間經由Tx無線電路系統708進行通信。兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可經由相應的並列的接收(Rx)無線電路系統710A/B接收射頻無線信號。因此,DSDS無線通信裝置714可在兩個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之間共用傳輸無線電路系統708,同時准許經由專用(及/或可組態)接收無線電路系統710A/B之同時接收。DSDS無線通信裝置714可一次提供與僅一個無線網路之連結(例如,雙向資料及/或發信號通信);然而,同時可自兩個無線網路(例如,在下行鏈路方向上)接收傳呼訊息(或其他控制發信號)。類似地, 作為重選及/或切換處理程序的一部分,在搜尋與之建立連結之無線網路時,並列的Rx無線電路系統710A/B可提供廣播頻道、發信號頻道、同步頻道或來自兩個並列無線網路之其他信號之接收,例如,用於小區之量測,以執行下行鏈路(DL)同步處理程序及/或用於與無線網路相關聯或在無線網路處註冊等。DSDS無線通信裝置714可(例如)在語音呼叫、資料連結、視訊呼叫、或與第一無線網路之其他雙向連結中連結至第一無線網路,且可同時自第二無線網路接收傳呼訊息。在一些實施例中,DSDS無線通信裝置714可經組態以准許共用Tx無線電路系統708,使得第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可回應來自第一無線網路之傳呼訊息而第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊(例如)藉由分時共用Tx無線電路系統708而保持處於與第二無線網路之連結狀態中。在一些實施例中,DSDS無線通信裝置714可(例如)藉由共用Tx無線電路系統708來提供與兩個無線網路之受限通信,但不准許至兩個無線網路之兩個並列、同時的雙向(傳輸及接收)無線連結。在一些實施例中,每一Rx無線接收電路系統710A/B可經組態以根據特定無線電存取技術(RAT)操作,該特定RAT在一些狀況下可為相同RAT或在其他情況下可為不同RAT。每一Rx無線接收電路系統710A/B亦可經組態以使用相同射頻頻帶或不同射頻頻帶。在一些實施例中,每一Rx無線接收電路系統710A/B可獨立於彼此操作。在一些實施例中,(例如)藉由無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B或藉由在基頻處理器620上執行的其他軟體(及/或藉由在應用程式處理器上執行的應用程式或處理程序)協調Rx無線接收電路系統710A/B操作。藉由在DSDS無線通信裝置712/714中之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間增添通信路徑,行動性管理任務之協調可改良DSDS無線通信裝置712/714之操作,如本文中進一步描述。 In a second configuration of the DSDS wireless communication device 714, as illustrated in Figure 7B, the shared set of wireless circuitry 708/710A/B provides one transmission path and two parallel reception paths that can be used simultaneously. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can be configured to transmit via a set of transport (Tx) wireless circuitry 708, but only one wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can be routed through the Tx wireless circuit at any time. System 708 is in communication. The two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can receive radio frequency wireless signals via respective juxtaposed receive (Rx) wireless circuitry 710A/B. Thus, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can share the transmission wireless circuitry 708 between the two wireless cellular protocol SW stacks 704A/B while permitting simultaneous (and/or configurable) reception of the wireless circuitry 710A/B. receive. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can provide a connection to only one wireless network at a time (eg, bidirectional data and/or signaling communication); however, it can simultaneously receive from two wireless networks (eg, in the downlink direction) Paging messages (or other controls). Similarly, As part of the reselection and/or handover process, the parallel Rx radio circuitry 710A/B can provide a broadcast channel, a signaling channel, a synchronized channel, or from two parallel wireless channels when searching for a wireless network to which the connection is established. The receipt of other signals of the network, for example, for cell measurement, to perform downlink (DL) synchronization procedures and/or for association with or registration with a wireless network. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can be coupled to the first wireless network, for example, in a voice call, a data link, a video call, or other two-way connection to the first wireless network, and can simultaneously receive a page call from the second wireless network message. In some embodiments, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can be configured to permit sharing of the Tx wireless circuitry 708 such that the first wireless cellular protocol software stack can respond to paging messages from the first wireless network while the second wireless cellular The protocol software stack, for example, remains in a connected state with the second wireless network by sharing the Tx wireless circuitry 708 in a time sharing manner. In some embodiments, DSDS wireless communication device 714 can provide limited communication with two wireless networks, for example, by sharing Tx wireless circuitry 708, but does not permit two parallel connections to two wireless networks, Simultaneous two-way (transmission and reception) wireless links. In some embodiments, each Rx wireless receiving circuitry 710A/B can be configured to operate in accordance with a particular radio access technology (RAT), which in some cases can be the same RAT or in other cases Different RATs. Each Rx wireless receiving circuitry 710A/B can also be configured to use the same radio frequency band or a different radio frequency band. In some embodiments, each Rx wireless receiving circuitry 710A/B can operate independently of each other. In some embodiments, for example, by wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B or by other software executing on baseband processor 620 (and/or by an application executing on an application processor) Or the processing program) coordinates the operation of the Rx wireless receiving circuitry 710A/B. Coordination of mobility management tasks may improve the operation of the DSDS wireless communication device 712/714 by adding communication paths between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B in the DSDS wireless communication devices 712/714, as further described herein. .

圖7C說明根據一些實施例之多SIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置722及多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置732之圖720/730。多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722包括可插入至多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722之殼體/主體中或可自該殼體/主體移除的第一UICC 504A,且可與多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722之一或多個處理器(例如,基頻處理器620)通信。第一UICC 504A可包括一或多個SIM,該一或多個SIM經由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A提供對一或多個無線網路上之服務的授權及存取。在一些實施例中,UICC 504A提供待安裝於UICC 504A上及/或在任一時間在UICC 504A上處於作用中的僅一個SIM,且多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722可限於其中可安裝UICC 504之單一槽。在一些實施例中,多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722支援與UICC配件單元724之通信,在該UICC配件單元中可安裝一或多個UICC 504例如作為其上安裝之SIM支援額外用戶識別之「補充」UICC 504。(UICC配件單元724亦可更大體上被稱作包括用於UICC 504之槽/機架及用於與無線通信裝置通信之有線或無線介面之無線配件裝置。)UICC配件單元724可經由一或多個無線及/或有線介面726(例如,經由Bluetooth®、Bluetooth®低能量、Wi-Fi或其他無線區域網路(WLAN)或無線個人區域網路(WPAN)或射頻識別(RFID)連結,及/或經由USB、LightningTM埠、乙太網路埠或其他有線連結)與多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722通信。UICC配件單元724中之UICC 504可(例如)經由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B提供可致能與一或多個無線網路之通信及服務之額外SIM。 7C illustrates a diagram 720/730 of a multiple SIM dual access/dual toll (DSDx) wireless communication device 722 and a multiple SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device 732, in accordance with some embodiments. The multiple SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 includes a first UICC 504A that can be inserted into or removed from the housing/body of the multiple SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722, and can be coupled to the multiple SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 One or more processors (e.g., baseband processor 620) communicate. The first UICC 504A can include one or more SIMs that provide authorization and access to services on one or more wireless networks via the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A. In some embodiments, UICC 504A provides only one SIM to be installed on UICC 504A and/or active on UICC 504A at any one time, and multi-SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 can be limited to a single one in which UICC 504 can be installed groove. In some embodiments, the multi-SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 supports communication with the UICC accessory unit 724 in which one or more UICCs 504 can be installed, for example as a supplement to the SIM support for additional user identification installed thereon. UICC 504. (The UICC accessory unit 724 may also be more generally referred to as a wireless accessory device that includes a slot/rack for the UICC 504 and a wired or wireless interface for communicating with the wireless communication device.) The UICC accessory unit 724 may be via one or Multiple wireless and/or wired interfaces 726 (eg, via Bluetooth®, Bluetooth® low energy, Wi-Fi or other wireless local area network (WLAN) or wireless personal area network (WPAN) or radio frequency identification (RFID) links, And/or communicate with the multi-SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 via USB, Lightning (TM) , Ethernet, or other wired connection. The UICC 504 in the UICC accessory unit 724 can provide an additional SIM that can enable communication and service with one or more wireless networks, for example, via the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B.

圖7C中所說明的多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置732用一或多個eSIM可駐留於其上之嵌入式UICC(eUICC)514替換多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722之可卸除式UICC 504A。多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置732亦可利用有線或無線介面726來存取安裝於UICC配件單元724中之UICC 504上提供之SIM。雖然圖7C說明與「內部」UICC 504A或eUICC 514相關聯之一個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A及與UICC配件單元724中之「外部」UICC 504相關聯之第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B, 但技術人員可認識到,無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B可在處理器控制下經靈活地指派至多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置732之內部eUICC 514或UICC配件單元724之外部UICC 504上之SIM及/或eSIM。圖7C中所說明的DSDx無線通信裝置722/732經由無線及/或有線連結提供對額外SIM的「遠端」存取以補充內部SIM/eSIM。單一UICC或eUICC無線通信裝置可經擴展以經由此配置包括對於服務、用戶識別及/或額外無線網路之存取。在一些實施例中,UICC配件單元724可容納具有不同外觀尺寸(例如,2FF、3FF、4FF或其他外觀尺寸)之UICC 504。在一些實施例中,UICC配件單元724中之UICC 504之額外「外部」SIM可獨立於UICC 504A或eUICC 514上之「內部」SIM操作,且因此當為DSDx無線通信裝置722/732啟用僅一個SIM或eSIM時,多SIM DSDx無線通信裝置722及/或多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置732可作為「舊版」單SIM(或eSIM)無線通信裝置而操作。 The multi-SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device 732 illustrated in FIG. 7C replaces the removable UICC 504A of the multi-SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 with an embedded UICC (eUICC) 514 on which one or more eSIMs may reside. The multiple SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device 732 can also utilize a wired or wireless interface 726 to access the SIM provided on the UICC 504 installed in the UICC accessory unit 724. Although FIG. 7C illustrates one wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A associated with "internal" UICC 504A or eUICC 514 and a second wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B associated with "external" UICC 504 in UICC accessory unit 724, However, the skilled artisan will recognize that the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A/B can be flexibly assigned to the external UIIC 514 of the multiple SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device 732 or the external UICC 504 of the UICC accessory unit 724 under processor control. SIM and / or eSIM. The DSDx wireless communication device 722/732 illustrated in Figure 7C provides "remote" access to additional SIMs via wireless and/or wired connections to supplement the internal SIM/eSIM. A single UICC or eUICC wireless communication device can be extended to include access to services, user identification, and/or additional wireless networks via this configuration. In some embodiments, UICC accessory unit 724 can accommodate UICC 504 having different apparent sizes (eg, 2FF, 3FF, 4FF, or other apparent size). In some embodiments, the additional "external" SIM of the UICC 504 in the UICC accessory unit 724 can operate independently of the "internal" SIM on the UICC 504A or eUICC 514, and thus when only one is enabled for the DSDx wireless communication device 722/732 In the case of SIM or eSIM, the multiple SIM DSDx wireless communication device 722 and/or the multiple SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device 732 can operate as a "legacy" single SIM (or eSIM) wireless communication device.

圖8說明代表性雙SIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置802/810,其包括並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的鏈路,例如,作為操作於同一基頻處理器602上之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的軟體(SW)介面(I/F)連結804,或作為兩個基頻處理器620A/B之間的硬體(HW)介面連結812之組合,經由該組合無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的軟體介面814駐留於相應的基頻處理器620A/B上。介面804/812/814可提供無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的通信,且可致能並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之合作及/或協作操作。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可共用用於與一或多個無線網路通信之無線電路系統508的全部或部分。無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的操作之協調可提供雙SIM DSDx無線通信裝置802/810之無線電路系統之更高效使用。並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B亦可在其間交換資訊。資訊共用及操作之協調(例如)對於行動 性管理操作(諸如當搜尋無線網路、量測無線網路之小區、在無線網路之小區之間重選、在無線網路之小區之間切換、判定用於與無線網路之小區通信之無線電路系統設定、收集及共用無線網路及/或小區特定參數等時)可導致更大效率的操作。在一些實施例中,多個基頻處理器620A/B經由硬體介面812直接連結,而在一些實施例中,多個基頻處理器620A/B經由介面(及/或匯流排)單獨連結至共同處理器(圖中未展示),例如,應用程式處理器。在一些實施例中,「直接」硬體介面812可提供即時或近即時介面。在一些實施例中,經由另一處理器之「間接」硬體介面(圖中未展示)可提供非即時介面。 8 illustrates a representative dual SIM dual access/dual toll (DSDx) wireless communication device 802/810 that includes a link between parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B, for example, operating as the same baseband Software (SW) interface (I/F) link 804 between wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B on device 602, or as a hardware (HW) interface between two baseband processors 620A/B The combination of 812 resides on the respective baseband processor 620A/B via the software interface 814 between the combined wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B. Interfaces 804/812/814 may provide for communication between wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B and may enable cooperative and/or cooperative operation of parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can share all or part of the wireless circuitry 508 for communicating with one or more wireless networks. Coordination of operation between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can provide for more efficient use of the wireless circuitry of the dual SIM DSDx wireless communication devices 802/810. The parallel wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can also exchange information between them. Coordination of information sharing and operations (for example) for action Sexual management operations (such as when searching for wireless networks, measuring cells of a wireless network, reselecting between cells of a wireless network, switching between cells of a wireless network, determining for communicating with a cell of a wireless network) The wireless circuitry sets, collects, and shares wireless networks and/or cell-specific parameters, etc., which can result in more efficient operation. In some embodiments, the plurality of baseband processors 620A/B are directly coupled via a hardware interface 812, and in some embodiments, the plurality of baseband processors 620A/B are individually connected via an interface (and/or busbar) To a common processor (not shown), for example, an application processor. In some embodiments, the "direct" hardware interface 812 can provide an instant or near instant interface. In some embodiments, a non-instant interface may be provided via an "indirect" hardware interface (not shown) of another processor.

圖9說明兩個並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之主/從關係,該兩個並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可在無線通信裝置102中(例如,在如圖5A、圖5B、圖6、圖7A、圖7B、圖7C及圖8中之任一者中所說明之多SIM/eSIM DSDx無線通信裝置中)操作。兩個並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可基於體現於SIM及/或eSIM中之兩個用戶識別提供與兩個無線網路之通信。當兩個SIM及/或eSIM與相同無線服務提供者相關聯時或與經由相同實體無線網路(例如,經由漫遊配置)供應存取之兩個不同無線服務提供者相關聯時,兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可操作以使用相同無線電存取技術經由相同無線存取網路及經由相同無線存取網路之相同小區連結至相同無線網路。無線通信訊裝置102可註冊與(至少部分地)共用相同實體基礎結構之兩個無線網路並行之服務。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置102中之處理硬體/軟體可強制雙並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B中之每一者使用相同實體無線網路(例如,經由該實體無線網路之存取部分之特定小區(或多個小區))操作。單一無線通信裝置102可表現為兩個不同用戶、兩個相異電話號碼及/或至無線網路之並列的兩個唯一可識別的無線裝置。由於無線通信裝置102與相同實體無線網路之相同小區相關聯及/ 或經由其連結,利用該無線網路之操作之參數(諸如,發信號頻道頻率、操作性射頻頻帶、相鄰小區清單、圖框內RAT及圖框間RAT小區/網路、下行鏈路(自無線網路小區至無線通信裝置102)小區量測、小區重選/切換設定等)可在並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間共用。並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的合作及之協作操作可減少射頻干涉及/或兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間的衝突,可藉由無線通信裝置102(例如,藉由消除重複無線行動性管理操作)減小功率消耗,且可在雙並列無線蜂巢式軟體堆疊704A/B共用射頻無線電路系統時減少射頻「調無」時間週期。 9 illustrates the master/slave relationship of two parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B, which may be in the wireless communication device 102 (eg, as shown in FIG. 5A, FIG. 5B, FIG. 6. Operation in a multiple SIM/eSIM DSDx wireless communication device as described in any of Figures 7A, 7B, 7C and 8. The two parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can provide for communication with two wireless networks based on two user identifications embodied in the SIM and/or eSIM. Two wireless when two SIMs and/or eSIMs are associated with the same wireless service provider or with two different wireless service providers that are provisioned via the same physical wireless network (eg, via roaming configuration) The cellular protocol software stack 704A/B is operable to connect to the same wireless network via the same wireless access network and via the same cell of the same wireless access network using the same radio access technology. The wireless communication device 102 can register services in parallel with (at least in part) two wireless networks sharing the same physical infrastructure. In some embodiments, the processing hardware/software in the wireless communication device 102 can force each of the dual parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B to use the same physical wireless network (eg, via the physical wireless network) The specific cell (or cells) of the access portion operate. A single wireless communication device 102 can be embodied as two unique users, two distinct telephone numbers, and/or two uniquely identifiable wireless devices juxtaposed to a wireless network. Since the wireless communication device 102 is associated with the same cell of the same physical wireless network and/or Or via its connection, utilizing parameters of the operation of the wireless network (such as signaling channel frequency, operational radio frequency band, neighbor cell list, intra-frame RAT, and inter-frame RAT cell/network, downlink ( From wireless network cell to wireless communication device 102) cell measurement, cell reselection/switching settings, etc., may be shared between parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B. Collaboration and cooperative operation between the parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B may reduce collisions between the radio frequency interference and/or the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B, such as by the wireless communication device 102 (eg, The power consumption is reduced by eliminating repetitive wireless mobility management operations, and the radio frequency "no" time period can be reduced when the dual parallel wireless cellular software stack 704A/B shares the radio frequency wireless circuitry.

在第一組態900中,第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A可作為「主控」堆疊操作,而第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B可作為「從屬」堆疊操作。在第二組態910中,第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A可作為「從屬」堆疊操作,而第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B可作為「主控」堆疊操作。在一些實施例中,當無線協定軟體堆疊704A/B兩者在閒置模式下操作時,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B中之一者或另一者可經選擇為「主控」堆疊而另一者可經選擇為「從屬」堆疊。「從屬」堆疊可遵循如「主控」堆疊所指定之射頻操作,例如,如經由「從屬」堆疊與「主控」堆疊之間的軟體介面804所通信。當無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆704A或704B中之一者在連結模式下操作,而另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B或704A在閒置模式下操作時,「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B可充當「主控」堆疊,且「閒置」蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B或704A可充當「從屬」堆疊。在一些實施例中,當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B在連結模式下操作時,首先進入連結模式之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B可充當「主控」堆疊,而稍遲進入連結模式之另一蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B或704A可充當「從屬」堆疊。因此,如由組態圖900及910所說明,無線蜂巢式協 定軟體堆疊704A/B中之任一者可根據相應的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之操作模式(例如,閒置模式或連結模式)作為「主控」堆疊或「從屬」堆疊而操作。表920概述在閒置模式或連結模式下操作時的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之主/從關係。在一些實施例中,傳呼頻道(PCH)狀態(或模式)下之操作可模擬如本文針對閒置模式所描述之操作。 In a first configuration 900, the first wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A can operate as a "master" stack, while the second wireless cellular protocol software stack 704B can operate as a "slave" stack. In the second configuration 910, the first wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A can operate as a "slave" stack, and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack 704B can operate as a "master" stack. In some embodiments, when both wireless protocol software stacks 704A/B are operating in an idle mode, one or the other of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can be selected as a "master" stack. The other can be selected as a "slave" stack. The "slave" stack can follow the RF operations as specified by the "master" stack, for example, via the software interface 804 between the "slave" stack and the "master" stack. When one of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A or 704B operates in a connected mode and another wireless cellular protocol software stack 704B or 704A operates in an idle mode, the "linked" wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A Or 704B can act as a "master" stack, and "idle" cellular protocol software stack 704B or 704A can act as a "slave" stack. In some embodiments, when two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are operating in a connected mode, the wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A or 704B that first enters the connected mode can act as a "master" stack, and later. Another cellular protocol software stack 704B or 704A entering the connected mode can serve as a "slave" stack. Therefore, as illustrated by configuration diagrams 900 and 910, the wireless cellular association Any of the fixed software stacks 704A/B can operate as a "master" stack or a "slave" stack according to the operating mode (eg, idle mode or connected mode) of the respective wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B. Table 920 summarizes the master/slave relationship of the wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B when operating in idle mode or connected mode. In some embodiments, the operation under the paging channel (PCH) state (or mode) may simulate the operations as described herein for the idle mode.

每一無線蜂巢式軟體協定軟體堆疊704A/B在處於閒置模式或PCH狀態中時可使用其自有唯一識別符(亦即,每一用戶識別)監視傳呼頻道上之傳呼訊息;當在無線網路處註冊時,該每一無線蜂巢式軟體協定軟體可經指派一識別符,該識別符可包括於由無線網路傳輸之傳呼訊息中以指示特定傳呼訊息旨在用於與用戶識別相關聯之無線通信裝置102。由於相同無線通信裝置102可同時與兩個不同用戶識別相關聯,每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可收聽其自有之傳呼訊息。「主控」堆疊可針對具有「主控」堆疊識別符(ID)之訊息監視傳呼頻道,而「從屬」堆疊可針對具有「從屬」堆疊ID之訊息監視傳呼頻道。藉由共用之Rx無線電路系統,「主控」及「從屬」堆疊可各自在其自有之時間週期期間進行監視。替代地,藉由並列Rx無線電路系統,「主控」及「從屬」堆疊可並列監視傳呼訊息。由於「主控」及「從屬」堆疊兩者可與相同小區相關聯,無線蜂巢式協定堆疊中之僅一者(亦即,「主控」堆疊)執行行動性管理任務(例如,伺服小區量測、相鄰小區量測(包括圖框內RAT及圖框間RAT量測)及小區重選處理程序),而「從屬」堆疊自「主控」堆疊獲得用於行動性管理之資訊及方向。由於「從屬」堆疊及「主控」堆疊經由相同無線通信裝置102之無線電路系統連結至相同無線網路之相同小區,「從屬」堆疊可充分利用由「主控」堆疊提供之資訊,包括小區量測、小區重選及/或諸如用於頻率控制、相位控制、增益控制等之實體層無線電路系統設定。「主控」堆疊可起 始小區重選,且「從屬」堆疊可跟隨「主控」堆疊以如由「主控」堆疊所引導而重選至相同新小區。在一些實施例中,「主控」堆疊可在小區重選程序期間讀取新小區之廣播頻道(BCH),且「從屬」堆疊可自「主控」堆疊獲取BCH之資訊而非並行讀取相同BCH。只要有可能減少功率消耗及任務重複,「從屬」堆疊可充分利用由「主控」堆疊獲取及/或判定之資訊。 Each wireless cellular software agreement software stack 704A/B can use its own unique identifier (ie, each user identification) to monitor paging messages on the paging channel when in idle mode or PCH state; When registered at the road, each wireless cellular software protocol can be assigned an identifier, which can be included in the paging message transmitted by the wireless network to indicate that the specific paging message is intended to be associated with user identification. Wireless communication device 102. Since the same wireless communication device 102 can be associated with two different user identifications at the same time, each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can listen to its own paging message. The "master" stack monitors the paging channel for messages with a "master" stack identifier (ID), while the "slave" stack monitors the paging channel for messages with a "slave" stack ID. With the shared Rx radio system, the "master" and "slave" stacks can each be monitored during their own time period. Alternatively, by juxtaposed Rx wireless circuitry, the "master" and "slave" stacks can monitor paging messages in parallel. Since both the "master" and "slave" stacks can be associated with the same cell, only one of the wireless cellular protocol stacks (ie, the "master" stack) performs mobility management tasks (eg, the amount of servo cells) Measurement, neighbor cell measurement (including intra-frame RAT and inter-frame RAT measurement) and cell reselection processing procedures, while "slave" stacking obtains information and direction for mobile management from "master" stack . Since the "slave" stack and the "master" stack are connected to the same cell of the same wireless network via the wireless circuitry of the same wireless communication device 102, the "slave" stack can take advantage of the information provided by the "master" stack, including the cell. Measurement, cell reselection, and/or physical layer wireless circuitry settings such as for frequency control, phase control, gain control, and the like. "Master" stack can start The initial cell reselection, and the "slave" stack can follow the "master" stack to reselect to the same new cell as directed by the "master" stack. In some embodiments, the "master" stack can read the broadcast channel (BCH) of the new cell during the cell reselection procedure, and the "slave" stack can obtain the information of the BCH from the "master" stack instead of reading in parallel. Same BCH. As long as it is possible to reduce power consumption and task duplication, the "slave" stack can take advantage of the information obtained and/or determined by the "master" stack.

當一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊處於連結模式,而另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊處於閒置模式時,連結模式的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可充當「主控」堆疊,而閒置模式的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可充當「從屬」堆疊。當處於連結模式時,「主控」堆疊可與無線網路通信以傳送資料及發送與接收發信號訊息。「主控」堆疊亦可執行伺服小區及相鄰小區之量測,該等量測可由「主控」堆疊或「從屬」堆疊使用。「主控」堆疊可執行伺服小區及相鄰小區之評估以判定重選程序(用於閒置模式的堆疊)及切換程序(用於連結模式的堆疊)是否為經授權的。「主控」堆疊可與無線網路通信以根據使用中之特定無線電存取技術及/或無線通信協定提供資訊及交換發信號訊息,從而(在無線網路之引導下)執行小區重選及切換處理程序。處於閒置模式之「從屬」堆疊可監視旨在用於與「從屬」堆疊相關聯之用戶識別之傳呼訊息。當與相同無線網路相關聯時及當傳達及收聽來自無線網路之相同存取網路部分之相同小區的訊息時,「從屬」堆疊可充分利用由「主控」堆疊提供之資訊(例如,實體層小區量測資訊及/或無線電路系統設定),且可因此減少「主控」堆疊與「從屬」堆疊之間的工作的重複。「從屬」堆疊可在「主控」堆疊之引導下遵循重選/切換處理程序以重選相同小區作為「主控」堆疊使用以便切換。大體而言,「閒置」堆疊可經指派待執行任務(例如,監視具有其自有識別符之傳呼資訊,同時充分利用藉由「主控」堆疊收集及/或產生之資訊)之最小集合。「從屬」堆疊亦可撤 回對於「主控」堆疊之小區重選之決定,該操作可判定兩個無線蜂巢式協定堆疊何時重選/切換小區及重選/切換至哪一小區。「從屬」堆疊可藉由執行任務之最小集合在「經降低」功率消耗模式下有效率地操作。在選擇情況下,(例如)當「主控」堆疊在小區重選/切換處理程序期間不能夠執行某些任務時,可要求「從屬」堆疊執行通常由「主控」堆疊執行之額外任務。在特定實例中,「主控」堆疊可指定「從屬」堆疊執行目標小區及/或新小區之廣播頻道(BCH)上之接收,「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊將重選或切換至該目標小區及/或新小區(或「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊已重選或切換至該目標小區及/或新小區)。在切換處理程序期間,當「主控」堆疊進入UMTS CELL_PCH狀態時,可能已重選至目標小區之「從屬」堆疊可在「主控」堆疊不能讀取新小區之BCH時讀取新小區之BCH。 When a wireless cellular protocol software stack is in connected mode and another wireless cellular protocol software stack is in idle mode, the connected mode wireless cellular protocol software stack can act as a "master" stack, while the idle mode wireless cellular The contract software stack can act as a "slave" stack. When in connected mode, the "master" stack can communicate with the wireless network to transmit data and send and receive signaling messages. The "master" stack can also perform measurement of the servo cell and neighboring cells. These measurements can be used by the "master" stack or the "slave" stack. The "master" stack can perform an evaluation of the serving cell and neighboring cells to determine whether the reselection procedure (stacking for idle mode) and the handover procedure (stacking for the connected mode) are authorized. The "master" stack can communicate with the wireless network to provide information and exchange signaling messages based on the particular radio access technology and/or wireless communication protocol in use, thereby performing cell reselection (under the guidance of the wireless network) and Switch handlers. The "slave" stack in idle mode monitors the paging messages intended for user identification associated with the "slave" stack. When associated with the same wireless network and when communicating and listening to messages from the same cell of the same access network portion of the wireless network, the "slave" stack can take advantage of the information provided by the "master" stack (eg , physical layer cell measurement information and / or wireless circuit system settings), and thus can reduce the duplication of work between the "master" stack and the "slave" stack. The "slave" stack can follow the reselection/switching procedure under the guidance of the "master" stack to reselect the same cell as the "master" stack for switching. In general, an "idle" stack can be assigned a task to be executed (eg, to monitor paging information with its own identifier, while taking advantage of the minimal set of information collected and/or generated by the "master" stack). "Subordinate" stack can also be withdrawn Back to the decision of the cell reselection of the "master" stack, this operation can determine when two wireless cellular protocol stacks reselect/switch cells and reselect/switch to which cell. A "slave" stack can operate efficiently in a "decreased" power consumption mode by performing a minimum set of tasks. In the case of selection, for example, when the "master" stack is unable to perform certain tasks during the cell reselection/switching process, the "slave" stack may be required to perform additional tasks typically performed by the "master" stack. In a particular example, the "master" stack may specify that the "slave" stack performs reception on the broadcast channel (BCH) of the target cell and/or the new cell, and the "master" stack and the "slave" stack will be reselected or switched to The target cell and/or the new cell (or "master" stack and "slave" stack have been reselected or switched to the target cell and/or new cell). During the handover process, when the "master" stack enters the UMTS CELL_PCH state, the "slave" stack that may have been reselected to the target cell can read the new cell when the "master" stack cannot read the BCH of the new cell. BCH.

當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B處於連結模式時,無線蜂巢式協定堆疊704A/B中之一者可經指定為「主控」堆疊,而另一者可經指定為「從屬」堆疊。由於每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B可在不同時間進入「連結」模式,待進入「連結」模式之第一蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B可經指定為「主控」堆疊,而待自「閒置」模式轉變至「連結」模式的第二蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B可保持為「從屬」堆疊(其可在「閒置」模式下且另一堆疊進入「連結」模式時指派的該特性)。如藉由圖9中之表920所指示,當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B處於「閒置」模式時,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B中之一者可經指定為「主控」堆疊,而另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B或704A可經指定為「閒置」堆疊。當指定的「閒置」模式堆疊轉變至成為「連結」模式堆疊且另一「閒置」模式堆疊保持處於「閒置」模式時,無論哪一堆疊進入「連結」模式將成為新的「主控」堆疊,而剩餘的「閒置」模式堆疊保持不變或成為新的「從屬」 堆疊。因此,轉變至「連結」模式之「閒置」模式下之「從屬」堆疊成為處於「連結」模式之「主控」堆疊,而保持處於「閒置」模式之先前「主控」堆疊成為「從屬」堆疊。類似地,當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B處於「連結」模式下且「主控」堆疊轉變至「閒置」模式時,剩餘的「連結」模式堆疊成為新的「主控」堆疊,而先前「主控」堆疊成為處於「閒置」模式之新的「從屬」堆疊。當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B處於「連結」模式時,「主控」堆疊可與無線網路通信以交換資料封包及發信號訊息且執行伺服小區及相鄰小區量測。「從屬」堆疊亦可與無線網路通信以交換資料封包及發信號訊息且可充分利用由「主控」堆疊提供之小區量測資訊。因此,「從屬」堆疊可將信號強度量測報告上報至具有與「主控」堆疊相同之資訊之無線網路。藉由將相同信號強度量測提供至無線網路,「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊兩者可藉由各自堆疊之無線網路觸發切換。「主控」堆疊可執行「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊兩者之小區切換評估且可藉由無線網路(在來自無線網路之命令下)起始切換。「從屬」堆疊可(例如)在「主控」堆疊及無線網路之引導下在小區切換處理程序期間跟隨「主控」堆疊。「從屬」堆疊亦可基於由「主控」堆疊判定及/或收集且提供至「從屬」堆疊之資訊充分利用針對與無線網路之其自身連結之實體層資訊。代表性實體層資訊可包括無線通信裝置102中之無線電路系統之設定,(例如)如用於頻率控制、增益控制、相位控制等。 When the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are in the connected mode, one of the wireless cellular protocol stacks 704A/B may be designated as a "master" stack, and the other may be designated as a "slave" Stacking. Since each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A or 704B can enter the "link" mode at different times, the first cellular protocol software stack 704A or 704B to enter the "connected" mode can be designated as the "master" stack, and The second cellular protocol software stack 704A or 704B to be transitioned from the "idle" mode to the "link" mode can remain as a "slave" stack (which can be assigned in "idle" mode and another stack enters "link" mode This feature). As indicated by the table 920 in FIG. 9, when the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are in the "idle" mode, one of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A or 704B may be designated as "the primary". Control stacking, while another wireless cellular protocol software stack 704B or 704A may be designated as an "idle" stack. When the specified "idle" mode stack transitions to the "link" mode stack and the other "idle" mode stack remains in the "idle" mode, the stack will enter the "link" mode and become the new "master" stack. And the remaining "idle" mode stack remains the same or becomes a new "slave" Stacking. Therefore, the "slave" stack in the "idle" mode of the "link" mode becomes the "master" stack in the "link" mode, while the previous "master" stack that remains in the "idle" mode becomes the "slave". Stacking. Similarly, when the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are in "connected" mode and the "master" stack transitions to "idle" mode, the remaining "link" mode stacks become the new "master" stack. The previous "master" stack becomes the new "slave" stack in "idle" mode. When the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are in "link" mode, the "master" stack can communicate with the wireless network to exchange data packets and signal messages and perform servo cell and neighbor cell measurements. The "slave" stack can also communicate with the wireless network to exchange data packets and signal messages and make full use of the cell measurement information provided by the "master" stack. Therefore, the "slave" stack can report the signal strength measurement report to the wireless network with the same information as the "master" stack. By providing the same signal strength measurements to the wireless network, both the "master" stack and the "slave" stack can be triggered by the respective stacked wireless networks. The "master" stack can perform cell handover evaluation for both the "master" stack and the "slave" stack and can initiate a handover via the wireless network (under command from the wireless network). The "slave" stack can follow the "master" stack during the cell switch handler, for example, under the "master" stack and the wireless network. The "slave" stack may also utilize physical layer information for its own connection to the wireless network based on information determined and/or collected by the "master" stack and provided to the "slave" stack. Representative physical layer information may include settings for wireless circuitry in the wireless communication device 102, such as for frequency control, gain control, phase control, and the like.

在小區重選/切換處理程序期間,無線網路可在不同時間發送命令「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊自當前小區轉變至目標小區之發信號資訊(由於每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與相異用戶識別相關聯,且從無線網路之觀點來看,無線通信裝置102可為兩個相異「裝置」,亦即,無線網路可不能區分在相同無線通信裝置102上操作之兩個SIM與在兩個不同無線通信裝置102上操作之兩個SIM。)無線網路可幾乎同時自 「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊接收量測報告(或其他發信號訊息,諸如頻道狀態資訊報告)。無線網路可在不同時間判定何時(經由切換或重選)將每一相異用戶識別轉變至新小區。因為可在不同時間發送來自無線網路之小區重選或切換發信號訊息,「從屬」堆疊可在不同於「主控」堆疊之時間接收重選/切換命令。圖10說明(經由切換)自第一小區至第二小區之「主控」堆疊及「從屬」堆疊轉變之圖1000。「主控」堆疊可在連結至第一小區(小區1)時在「正常」模式下操作,而「從屬」堆疊可在連結至第一小區(小區1)時在「輕」模式下操作(例如,執行任務之精簡集合)。當「主控」堆疊在「從屬」堆疊之前完成至第二小區(小區2)之切換時,(例如)如圖10中所指示,「從屬」堆疊可隨第一小區(小區1)自「輕」模式轉變回至「正常」操作模式,直至「從屬」堆疊完成其自身至第二小區(小區2)之切換,在此之後「從屬」堆疊可返回至「輕」模式。在「主控」堆疊完成至第二小區(小區2)之切換後且在「從屬」堆疊完成至第二小區(小區2)之切換前將「從屬」堆疊轉變至「正常」操作模式可提供第一小區(小區1)與「從屬」堆疊之間的連續通信(因為一旦切換完成,「主控」堆疊不再與第一小區通信)。若「從屬」堆疊至第二小區(小區2)之切換未完成,或若「從屬」堆疊至第三小區(圖中未展示)之切換發生,則「從屬」堆疊可變得自「主控」堆疊解耦且可繼續在「正常」模式下獨立地操作而非在「主控」堆疊之「從屬」模式下操作。 During the cell reselection/switching process, the wireless network may send command "master" stacking and "slave" stacking signals from the current cell to the target cell at different times (due to each wireless cellular protocol software stack) Can be associated with distinct user identification, and from a wireless network perspective, the wireless communication device 102 can be two distinct "devices", that is, the wireless network can not distinguish between operating on the same wireless communication device 102. The two SIMs and the two SIMs operating on two different wireless communication devices 102.) The wireless network can be almost simultaneously The "master" stack and the "slave" stack receive measurement reports (or other signaling messages, such as channel status information reports). The wireless network can decide at different times when (by switching or reselecting) each distinct user identification is transitioned to a new cell. Because the cells from the wireless network can be reselected or switched at different times, the "slave" stack can receive reselection/switching commands at a different time than the "master" stack. Figure 10 illustrates a diagram 1000 (via switching) of a "master" stack and a "slave" stack transition from a first cell to a second cell. The "master" stack can operate in "normal" mode when connected to the first cell (cell 1), while the "slave" stack can operate in "light" mode when connected to the first cell (cell 1) ( For example, perform a streamlined collection of tasks). When the "master" stack completes the handover to the second cell (cell 2) before the "slave" stack, for example, as indicated in Figure 10, the "slave" stack may follow the first cell (cell 1). The "light" mode transitions back to the "normal" mode of operation until the "slave" stack completes its own switch to the second cell (cell 2), after which the "slave" stack can be returned to the "light" mode. The transition from the "master" stack to the second cell (cell 2) and the "slave" stack to the "normal" mode of operation can be provided after the "slave" stacking is completed and the second cell (cell 2) is switched. Continuous communication between the first cell (cell 1) and the "slave" stack (because once the handover is complete, the "master" stack no longer communicates with the first cell). If the "slave" stacking to the second cell (cell 2) is not completed, or if the "slave" stacking to the third cell (not shown) occurs, the "slave" stack can become "master" The stack is decoupled and can continue to operate independently in "normal" mode rather than in the "slave" mode of the "master" stack.

兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B不僅在(例如)如上文所描述經由相同小區及相同存取網路連結至相同無線網路時而且在連結至兩個不同小區、存取網路及/或無線網路時可一起合作且提供協作效能。兩個蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可使用該等堆疊所連結至的無線電路系統一起工作(例如,當經組態以具有其自有之如圖7A所說明之傳輸/接收無線電路系統508A/5B時,或當共用如圖7B中所說明之傳輸/接收 無線電路系統706/708/710A/710B之全部或部分時)。行動性管理任務(例如,搜尋無線網路、量測無線網路之小區、收集無線網路廣播資訊等)可在兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間劃分,(例如)以減少任務的重複及/或以加速搜尋/量測處理程序。 The two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B are not only connected to the same wireless network via the same cell and the same access network as described above, but also connected to two different cells, access networks and / or wireless network can work together and provide collaborative performance. The two cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can operate together using the wireless circuitry to which the stacks are coupled (e.g., when configured to have their own transmission/reception wireless circuitry 508A as illustrated in Figure 7A) /5B, or when sharing the transmission/reception as illustrated in Figure 7B All or part of the wireless circuitry 706/708/710A/710B). Mobility management tasks (eg, searching for wireless networks, measuring wireless network cells, collecting wireless network broadcast information, etc.) can be divided between two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B, for example to reduce Repeat the task and / or speed up the search / measurement process.

兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可使用相應的射頻無線電路系統串聯操作,以搜尋用於一或複數個用戶識別之公共陸地行動網路(PLMN)。在一些實施例中,可基於可用及/或使用中之無線電存取技術在兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間拆分搜尋任務。在一些實施例中,可基於可用及/或使用中之射頻頻帶在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之間拆分搜尋任務。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可搜尋兩個用戶識別之無線電存取技術及射頻頻帶之子集(而非使搜尋由兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B複製)。第一無線蜂巢式軟體堆疊704A或704B可判定無線電存取技術及/或在其上進行搜尋之射頻頻帶之分配,且可將資訊提供至第二蜂巢式軟體堆疊704B或704A以實現高效(在完成時間及所需功率消耗兩方面)的PLMN搜尋。 The two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can operate in tandem using respective radio frequency wireless circuitry to search for a Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) for one or more subscriber identifications. In some embodiments, the search task can be split between the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B based on available and/or in-use radio access technologies. In some embodiments, the search task can be split between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B based on the available and/or in-use radio frequency bands. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A/B can search for a subset of two user-identified radio access technologies and radio frequency bands (rather than having the search replicated by two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B). The first wireless cellular software stack 704A or 704B can determine the allocation of radio access technologies and/or radio frequency bands on which to search, and can provide information to the second cellular software stack 704B or 704A for efficiency (in PLMN search for both completion time and required power consumption).

圖11說明其中兩個並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B共用搜尋PLMN之處理程序的圖1100。堆疊A藉由在堆疊A與堆疊B之間分配無線電存取技術及射頻頻帶判定任務的劃分。任務之指示可由堆疊A提供至堆疊B。每一堆疊可隨後針對其所分配的無線電存取技術及射頻頻帶並行地執行對於兩個用戶識別之PLMN搜尋。兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B可以合作方式共用全部PLMN搜尋,以平衡在其之間執行PLMN搜尋所需之工作。圖11中所說明的代表性實例展示堆疊A執行針對3G無線電存取技術及針對4G無線電存取技術之射頻頻帶之集合(B34、B38、B39、B40)之PLMN搜尋。同時,堆疊B執行針對2G無線電存取技術及針對相同(或重疊)4G無線電存取技術之射頻頻帶之不同集合(B1、B2、B3)之PLMN搜尋。對於用於推斷PLMN搜尋所需 之後續決策,堆疊B可將搜尋結果(一旦獲得)提供至堆疊A。在一些實施例中,雙資源在兩個並列無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B上之協作使用可在兩個堆疊可用(例如處於閒置模式)時出現,且可在一個堆疊處於連結模式時被阻止。在一些實施例中,處於連結模式之第二堆疊可保持處於連結模式且在處於連結模式時不共用PLMN搜尋,(例如)以不中斷第二堆疊之作用中連結。在一些實施例中,每一堆疊及/或用戶識別可與其自有之主要無線電存取技術及/或與清單或較佳的無線電存取技術相關聯,且堆疊A可在分配針對PLMN搜尋之任務時導致此指派及/或偏好。在一些實施例中,堆疊可針對其自有之主要RAT及/或針對一或多個較佳的RAT執行圖框內RAT量測,且與另一堆疊共用自量測收集的資訊。(然而,當兩個堆疊具有相同主要RAT或偏好清單時應避免量測之重複。)較佳地,堆疊可執行優於圖框間RAT搜尋的圖框內RAT搜尋,圖框間RAT搜尋可更具破壞性且需要無線通信裝置中之無線電路系統之(更多)重調。 11 illustrates a diagram 1100 of a process in which two parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B share a search for a PLMN. Stack A divides the division of radio access technology and radio frequency band decision tasks between stack A and stack B. An indication of the task can be provided by stack A to stack B. Each stack can then perform a PLMN search for two user identifications in parallel for its assigned radio access technology and radio frequency band. The two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can share all PLMN searches in a cooperative manner to balance the work required to perform PLMN searches between them. The representative example illustrated in Figure 11 shows that Stack A performs a PLMN search for a set of radio frequency bands (B34, B38, B39, B40) for 3G radio access technology and for 4G radio access technology. At the same time, Stack B performs PLMN searches for 2G radio access technologies and different sets (B1, B2, B3) of radio frequency bands for the same (or overlapping) 4G radio access technology. Required for inferring PLMN search Subsequent to decision, Stack B can provide the search results (once obtained) to Stack A. In some embodiments, the cooperative use of dual resources on two parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can occur when two stacks are available (eg, in idle mode) and can be used when one stack is in connected mode prevent. In some embodiments, the second stack in the connected mode can remain in the connected mode and does not share the PLMN search when in the connected mode, for example, without interrupting the second stack. In some embodiments, each stack and/or user identification may be associated with its own primary radio access technology and/or with a manifest or preferred radio access technology, and stack A may be assigned for PLMN search. This assignment results in this assignment and/or preference. In some embodiments, the stack may perform intra-frame RAT measurements for its own primary RAT and/or for one or more preferred RATs, and share self-measurement collected information with another stack. (However, the duplication of measurements should be avoided when the two stacks have the same primary RAT or preference list.) Preferably, the stack can perform an intra-frame RAT search that is better than the inter-frame RAT search, and the inter-frame RAT search can It is more damaging and requires (more) retuning of the wireless circuitry in the wireless communication device.

圖12說明在其間分擔小區量測任務之兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之圖1200。無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B中之一或兩者可合作性地操作(彼此協調)以判定及劃分相鄰小區量測任務,從而利用不同無線電存取技術存取小區,及/或量測不同射頻頻帶。量測任務可在兩個並列蜂巢式軟體堆疊704A/B之間劃分。以下資訊可用於判定任務之高效劃分,在一些實施例中,即每一任務之功率消耗估算、無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之無線電資源控制(RRC)狀態(例如,不論在閒置模式抑或連結模式下操作,及/或當在連結模式之特定連結狀態下操作時)、堆疊之伺服小區之覆蓋強度、無線電存取技術之特定集合(與特定堆疊相關聯、由特定堆疊優選、最近用於特定堆疊及/或具有用於特定堆疊之使用歷史),及特定射頻頻帶(與特定堆疊相關聯、由特定堆疊優選、最近用於特定堆疊及/或具有用於特定堆疊之使用歷史)。 在代表性實施例中,一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與用於特定無線電存取技術之伺服小區(例如,4G LTE/LTE-A小區),且另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與舊版無線電存取技術(例如,2G GSM或3G UMTS小區)相關聯。每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可針對其自有之伺服小區及針對具有其相關聯之伺服小區之相同無線電存取技術之相鄰小區執行小區量測,且可將相鄰小區資訊提供至另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊。與特定無線電存取技術相關聯之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可執行用於該特定無線電存取技術之圖框內RAT量測。當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與相同無線電存取技術(不必是相同小區或無線網路)相關聯時,相鄰小區量測可在其間劃分或由無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中之僅一者執行。 Figure 12 illustrates a diagram 1200 of two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B that share a cell measurement task therebetween. One or both of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B can cooperatively operate (coordinate with each other) to determine and partition neighbor cell measurement tasks, thereby accessing cells using different radio access technologies, and/or Measure different RF bands. The measurement task can be divided between two parallel honeycomb software stacks 704A/B. The following information can be used to determine the efficient partitioning of tasks, in some embodiments, the power consumption estimate for each task, the radio resource control (RRC) state of the wireless cellular protocol software stack (eg, whether in idle mode or in connected mode) Operation, and/or when operating in a particular connected state of the connected mode), the coverage strength of the stacked serving cells, a specific set of radio access technologies (associated with a particular stack, preferred by a particular stack, most recently for a particular stack) And/or have a usage history for a particular stack, and a particular radio frequency band (associated with a particular stack, preferred by a particular stack, most recently for a particular stack, and/or having a usage history for a particular stack). In a representative embodiment, one wireless cellular protocol software stack can be used with a serving cell for a particular radio access technology (eg, 4G LTE/LTE-A cell), and another wireless cellular protocol software stack can be used with the old Versions of radio access technologies (eg, 2G GSM or 3G UMTS cells) are associated. Each wireless cellular protocol software stack can perform cell measurements for its own serving cell and neighboring cells for the same radio access technology with its associated serving cell, and can provide neighbor cell information to another A wireless cellular protocol software stack. A wireless cellular protocol software stack associated with a particular radio access technology may perform intra-frame RAT measurements for that particular radio access technology. When two wireless cellular protocol software stacks are associated with the same radio access technology (not necessarily the same cell or wireless network), neighbor cell measurements may be split between them or by only one of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks. Execution.

圖12說明首先藉由每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊進行伺服小區之量測,隨後是針對不同非重疊無線電存取技術之小區量測。因此,堆疊A量測2G相鄰小區及4G分頻雙工(FDD)相鄰小區,而堆疊B量測3G相鄰小區及4G分時雙工(TDD)相鄰小區。在藉由兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊完成相鄰小區之量測時,可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用收集的資訊。在一些實施例中,可針對如所獲得之每一無線電存取技術(圖中未展示)共用資訊。相鄰小區量測任務之協調可重複,且任務之劃分可隨時間更改。可較佳的是將無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊指派至對於其搜尋可為最高效的相鄰小區,以將無線電存取技術之間的切換降至最少且將功率消耗降至最低,從而完成跨越無線電存取技術之集合之相鄰小區量測。無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可較佳地量測覆蓋率似乎良好而非不佳的小區,(例如)當兩個無線蜂巢式協定堆疊與不同小區相關聯但具有相同無線電存取技術時,可提供更精確結果的具有更好覆蓋率之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊相較於具有更差覆蓋率之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可較佳地執行該等量測。 Figure 12 illustrates the measurement of the serving cell first by each wireless cellular protocol software stack, followed by the cell measurements for different non-overlapping radio access technologies. Therefore, the stack A measures the 2G neighboring cell and the 4G frequency division duplex (FDD) neighboring cell, and the stack B measures the 3G neighboring cell and the 4G time division duplex (TDD) neighboring cell. The collected information can be shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks when the measurement of neighboring cells is completed by two wireless cellular protocol software stacks. In some embodiments, information may be shared for each radio access technology (not shown) as obtained. The coordination of neighboring cell measurement tasks can be repeated, and the division of tasks can be changed over time. It may be preferable to assign a wireless cellular protocol software stack to neighbor cells that are most efficient for its search to minimize switching between radio access technologies and minimize power consumption to complete the span. Adjacent cell measurements of a collection of radio access technologies. A wireless cellular protocol software stack may preferably measure cells that appear to have good coverage rather than poor coverage, for example, when two wireless cellular protocol stacks are associated with different cells but have the same radio access technology A more accurate result of a wireless cellular protocol software stack with better coverage can preferably perform such measurements than a wireless cellular protocol software stack with poorer coverage.

除在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用相鄰小區量測之外,(例如)當每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊連結至相同PLMN或連結至「等同」PLMN時,可共用由無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊收集的額外資訊。舉例而言,(諸如)當一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊「漫遊」至另一無線服務提供者之無線網路上時,兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與來自相同無線服務提供者或來自不同無線服務提供者之SIM/eSIM之用戶識別相關聯。當相同PLMN或「等同」PLMN由無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用時,可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用由行動性管理之廣播訊息提供之資訊。舉例而言,可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用禁用PLMN之清單、廣播控制頻道(BCCH)頻率分配清單、可用PLMN之清單、路由區碼、位置區碼、追蹤區、相鄰小區頻率之清單、相鄰小區清單、禁用小區清單及其他系統廣播資訊(例如,如包含在系統資訊區塊(SIB)訊息中)。可提供與小區之更快及/或更精確連結及/堆疊關聯之小區特定資訊(諸如實體層資訊、同步資訊、射頻無線電路系統設定、自適應頻率控制(AFC)設定、自適應增益控制(AGC)設定、自適應相位控制(APC)設定等)亦可共用以輔助無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之行動性管理。 In addition to sharing neighbor cell measurements between wireless cellular protocol software stacks, for example, when each wireless cellular protocol software stack is connected to the same PLMN or to an "equivalent" PLMN, it can be shared by wireless cellular Additional information collected by the agreement software stack. For example, when a wireless cellular protocol software stack "roams" to another wireless service provider's wireless network, the two wireless cellular protocol software stacks can be different from or from the same wireless service provider. The wireless service provider's SIM/eSIM user identification is associated. When the same PLMN or "equivalent" PLMN is used by the wireless cellular protocol software stack, the information provided by the mobility managed broadcast message can be shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks. For example, a list of disabled PLMNs, a Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) frequency allocation list, a list of available PLMNs, a routing area code, a location area code, a tracking area, and a neighboring cell frequency can be shared between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks. List, neighbor cell list, disabled cell list, and other system broadcast information (eg, as included in System Information Block (SIB) messages). Cell-specific information (such as physical layer information, synchronization information, RF radio system settings, adaptive frequency control (AFC) settings, adaptive gain control) can be provided for faster and/or more accurate linking and/or stacking associated with the cell ( AGC) settings, adaptive phase control (APC) settings, etc.) can also be shared to assist in the mobility management of wireless cellular protocol software stacking.

在切換或重選處理程序期間,當無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊中之一者具有準確的目標小區資訊時,該資訊可與另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用以加速切換或重選處理程序。可證明有用之資訊包括小區同步資料、頻率偏移值、自動增益控制值、廣播系統資訊及小區量測。可與另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用來自每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之資訊,而非使每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測小區、判定設定及收集無線網路之小區之資訊。 During the handover or reselection procedure, when one of the wireless cellular protocol software stacks has accurate target cell information, the information can be shared with another wireless cellular protocol software stack to speed up the handover or reselection process. Information that can be proven useful includes cell synchronization data, frequency offset values, automatic gain control values, broadcast system information, and cell measurements. Instead of having each wireless cellular protocol software stack the measurement cell, determine the settings, and collect information about the cells of the wireless network, the information from each wireless cellular protocol software stack can be shared with another wireless cellular protocol software stack.

在電路交換式回退(CSFB)程序期間,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可暫停與LTE無線網路之通信,以收聽傳呼及/或回應傳呼指示以接收行 動終結呼叫或經由舊版無線網路起始行動發起呼叫。當一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊具有可用於執行CSFB程序之「目標」小區之資訊時,該無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與另一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用該資訊,該另一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊則不必重新產生舊版無線網路之目標小區之資訊。在一些實施例中,一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可在2G或3G舊版無線網路上操作,而另一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可在4G LTE/LTE-A無線網路上操作。當在4G LTE/LTE-A無線網路上操作之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊執行CSFB程序(例如,以經由2G或3G舊版無線網路起始或接收電路交換式語音連結)時或當該無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊執行單一無線電語音呼叫連續性(SRVCC)過程(其將語音連結自4G LTE/LTE-A網路電話(VoIP)及網際網路多媒體子系統(IMS)封包交換網域轉變至舊版電路交換網域),在一些情況下,該無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可再次使用來自在2G或3G無線網路上操作之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之2G或3G目標小區資訊。舉例而言,當舊版2G或3G無線網路之目標2G或3G小區已在使用中、最近被使用或其使用歷史可自與該2G或3G無線網路相關聯之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊獲得時,執行CSFB或SRVCC程序之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可再次使用由另一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊提供之資訊。目標小區資訊之再次使用可減少執行CSFB或SRVCC程序之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之中斷持續時間。可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用以改良CSFB或SRVCC程序(而非盲目地操作)之代表性資訊可包括目標小區及該目標小區之舊版2G或3G無線網路的小區同步資訊、頻率偏移值、自動增益控制值等,以及廣播系統資訊。另外,2G或3G舊版無線網路之目標小區及/或其他小區之量測資訊亦可證明為有用的。 During the Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) procedure, the wireless cellular protocol software stack may suspend communication with the LTE wireless network to listen to the paging and/or respond to the paging indication to receive the line Initiate a call or initiate a call via an old wireless network initiation action. When a wireless cellular protocol software stack has information that can be used to perform a "target" cell of the CSFB program, the wireless cellular protocol software stack can share the information with another wireless cellular protocol software stack, the other wireless cellular The agreement software stack does not have to regenerate information about the target cell of the legacy wireless network. In some embodiments, one wireless cellular protocol software stack can operate on a 2G or 3G legacy wireless network, while another wireless cellular protocol software stack can operate on a 4G LTE/LTE-A wireless network. When a wireless cellular protocol software stack operating on a 4G LTE/LTE-A wireless network performs a CSFB procedure (eg, to initiate or receive a circuit switched voice link via a 2G or 3G legacy wireless network) or when the wireless The Honeycomb Compact Software Stack performs a Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) process that transforms voice connections from 4G LTE/LTE-A Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and Internet Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) packet switched domain to Older circuit switched domain), in some cases, the wireless cellular protocol software stack can again use 2G or 3G target cell information from a wireless cellular protocol software stack operating on a 2G or 3G wireless network. For example, when a target 2G or 3G cell of an old 2G or 3G wireless network is already in use, has recently been used, or its usage history can be from a wireless cellular protocol software stack associated with the 2G or 3G wireless network. Upon acquisition, the wireless cellular protocol software stack that implements the CSFB or SRVCC procedures can again use the information provided by another wireless cellular protocol software stack. The reuse of the target cell information can reduce the interruption duration of the wireless cellular protocol software stack that executes the CSFB or SRVCC procedures. Representative information that may be shared between wireless cellular protocol software stacks to improve CSFB or SRVCC procedures (rather than blindly operate) may include cell synchronization information for the target cell and legacy 2G or 3G wireless networks of the target cell, Frequency offset values, automatic gain control values, etc., as well as broadcast system information. In addition, the measurement information of the target cell and/or other cells of the 2G or 3G legacy wireless network may also prove useful.

如針對圖7A至圖7C所描述,雙SIM雙作用中(DSDA)無線通信裝置702可藉由使用耦接至並列無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A/B之並列無線 電路系統508A/B來支援至一或多個無線網路之兩個作用中連結。藉由獨立及並列無線電路系統508A/B,DSDA無線通信裝置702可經由無線電路系統508B及經由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B接收無線網路之傳入連結通知,同時DSDA無線通信裝置702亦可經由無線電路系統508A及經由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A連結至另一無線網路(或相同無線網路)。每一無線電路系統508A及508B可同時操作,且無線通信裝置702之使用者可在第一連結係作用中時起始第二連結或接收第二連結。對於雙SIM雙待(DSDS)無線通信裝置712/714,利用由兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B共用之無線電路系統(例如,Tx/Rx無線電路系統706或Tx無線電路系統708)的至少一部分,可能不支援兩個同時連結。對於DSDS無線通信裝置712/714,在使用第一用戶識別連結時,使用者可試圖至少接收第二用戶識別之傳入連結之通知(其可來自單獨無線網路或來自相同無線網路)。圖13及圖14說明無線通信訊件102(例如,DSDS無線通信裝置712或714)之間的訊息交換之圖1300/1400,其中傳入連結通知或短訊息服務(SMS)可由無線通信裝置102接收。 As described with respect to Figures 7A-7C, a dual SIM dual active (DSDA) wireless communication device 702 can be implemented by using parallel wireless coupled to a parallel wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A/B. Circuitry 508A/B supports two active connections to one or more wireless networks. With the independent and parallel wireless circuitry 508A/B, the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can receive the incoming connection notification of the wireless network via the wireless circuitry 508B and via the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B, while the DSDA wireless communication device 702 can also The connection to another wireless network (or the same wireless network) via wireless circuitry 508A and via wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A. Each of the wireless circuitry 508A and 508B can operate simultaneously, and a user of the wireless communication device 702 can initiate a second link or receive a second link while the first link is active. For dual SIM dual standby (DSDS) wireless communication devices 712/714, wireless circuitry shared by two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B (eg, Tx/Rx wireless circuitry 706 or Tx wireless circuitry 708) is utilized. At least part of it may not support two simultaneous links. For DSDS wireless communication device 712/714, when using the first user identification link, the user may attempt to receive at least a notification of the incoming connection identified by the second user (which may be from a separate wireless network or from the same wireless network). 13 and 14 illustrate a diagram 1300/1400 of message exchange between a wireless communication component 102 (e.g., DSDS wireless communication device 712 or 714), wherein an incoming link notification or short message service (SMS) may be provided by wireless communication device 102. receive.

圖13說明無線通信裝置102與無線網路之網路元件(例如,無線電存取網路128網路元件及核心網路112網路元件)之間的訊息交換序列之圖1300。無線通信裝置102可為DSDS無線通信裝置714,其包括分別用於兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B之獨立Rx無線電路系統710A/710B及由兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A/B共用之單一Tx無線電路系統708。當一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704A或704B使用第一用戶識別在連結模式(例如,在語音連結及/或資料連結)下操作時,第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊704B或704A可經由其自身相關聯之Rx無線電路系統710B或710A接收定址至第二用戶識別之傳呼訊息及/或傳呼指示。為了回應傳呼訊息,DSDS無線通信裝置714可自現有連結暫時轉接Tx無線電路系統以提供回應於該傳呼訊息之受限通信。在一 些實施例中,DSDS無線通信裝置714可接收與傳呼訊息相關聯之資訊(例如,傳呼訊息之「目的」之指示)及/或試圖建立與DSDS無線通信裝置714之連結之發起者之標識(諸如使傳呼訊息到達DSDS無線通信裝置714之「呼叫」方之電話號碼)。雖然DSDS無線通信裝置714可不能進行兩個同時連結時,但可獲得針對DSDS無線通信裝置714之使用者之至少有限量的資訊以提供至使用者進行進一步動作。因此,當使用第一用戶識別主動進行呼叫/連結時,DSDS無線通信裝置714可在不丟棄第一連結、不錯過傳入連結請求之指示且獲得與傳入連結請求相關聯之至少一些(雖然有限的)資訊之情況下接收針對第二用戶識別之呼叫/連結之資訊。 13 illustrates a diagram 1300 of a message exchange sequence between a wireless communication device 102 and network elements of a wireless network (e.g., a radio access network 128 network element and a core network 112 network element). The wireless communication device 102 can be a DSDS wireless communication device 714 that includes separate Rx wireless circuitry 710A/710B for two wireless cellular protocol software stacks 704A/B and 704A/B by two wireless cellular protocol software stacks, respectively. A single Tx wireless circuitry 708 is shared. The second wireless cellular protocol software stack 704B or 704A may pass through itself when a wireless cellular protocol software stack 704A or 704B operates in a connected mode (eg, under a voice link and/or a data link) using the first user identification. The associated Rx wireless circuitry 710B or 710A receives a paging message and/or a paging indication addressed to the second user. In response to the paging message, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can temporarily transfer the Tx wireless circuitry from the existing connection to provide limited communication in response to the paging message. In a In some embodiments, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can receive information associated with the paging message (eg, an indication of the "destination" of the paging message) and/or an attempt to establish an initiator of the connection with the DSDS wireless communication device 714 ( For example, the paging message is sent to the "calling party" of the DSDS wireless communication device 714. While the DSDS wireless communication device 714 may not be able to perform two simultaneous connections, at least a limited amount of information for the user of the DSDS wireless communication device 714 may be obtained to provide further action to the user. Thus, when the first user identification is used to actively initiate a call/link, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can obtain at least some of the associated connection request and not get the indication of the incoming connection request without missing the first link (although Receiving information about the call/link identified by the second user in the case of limited information.

如藉由圖13之圖1300所說明,無線網路之核心網路112可經由無線電存取網路128將尋呼請求發送至無線通信裝置102(例如,DSDS無線通信裝置714)。無線通信裝置102可經由收聽定址至(例如,UICC 504B上之SIM之)用戶識別之傳呼訊息的Rx無線電路系統的集合(例如,耦接至無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B之Rx無線電路系統710B)接收傳呼訊息,而Rx無線電路系統之另一集合(例如,Rx無線電路系統710A)及Tx無線電路系統之集合(例如,Tx無線電路系統708)同時進行與(例如,UICC504A上另一SIM之)另一用戶識別相關聯之獨立連結。為簡化解釋,且不失一般性,剩餘論述將使用無線通信裝置102之代表性DSDS無線通信裝置714。DSDS無線通信裝置714可將Tx無線電路系統708自「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定堆疊704A切換至「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B,且接著利用自其接收傳呼訊息的無線電存取網路128)執行隨機存取頻道(RACH)程序。Tx無線電路系統708及Rx無線電路系統710B兩者可在RACH程序期間由「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B使用。在完成RACH程序結束後,DSDS無線通信裝置714可回應於傳呼訊息經由無線電存取網路128將傳呼回應訊息發送至核心 網路112。核心網路112及DSDS無線通信裝置714可執行驗證程序(由接收自無線網路之驗證請求及發送至無線網路之驗證回應所指示)。遵循驗證程序,DSDS無線通信裝置714可將Tx無線電路系統708自「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B切換回至「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A。DSDS無線通信裝置714可經由Rx無線電路系統710B自經由無線電存取網路128之核心網路112接收安全模式命令,且作為回應將Tx無線電路系統708切換回至「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B以將回應提供至無線網路,例如發送安全模式「完成」回應訊息。核心網路112可接著發送訊息以建立與包括資訊(例如,「設定」訊息可包括「呼叫號碼」標識)之DSDS無線通信裝置714之連結。DSDS無線通信裝置714可使用Tx無線電路系統708藉由將「呼叫確認」訊息經由無線電存取網路128發送回至核心網路112來回應。「呼叫確認」訊息可包括DSDS無線通信裝置704之使用者為「忙碌」的指示且因此可不接收所請求的行動終止連結。DSDS無線通信裝置714可接著利用無線電存取網路128執行頻道釋放程序以丟棄用於發信號資訊之交換的連結。雖然DSDS無線通信裝置714不「接受」傳入連結請求,但為DSDS無線通信裝置714之使用者收集關於傳入連結請求之至少一些資訊。圖13中所說明的序列可需要最小量的時間且可轉接Tx無線電路系統708遠離「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A,以支援「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B之資訊之接收達儘可能短的時間。在如圖13中所指示之程序期間,DSDS無線通信裝置714可在「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B與「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A之間來回切換Tx無線電路系統708,以回應「傳入呼叫」無線網路且亦繼續支援已建立連結之語音封包(或資料封包)之傳送。圖13中所概述之訊息交換序列提供藉由DSDS無線通信裝置714為一個SIM/eSIM擷取之「未接來電」資訊,同時最低限度地中斷第二SIM/eSIM之作用中連結。如圖13中所指 示,自DSDS無線通信裝置714發送傳呼回應訊息與藉由發送原始傳呼請求之無線網路接收呼叫確認(具有使用者忙碌指示)訊息之間的時間可為大約1至2秒。另外,Tx無線電路系統708可在該處理程序期間轉移回至「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A以支援存現有連結之接續。所展示之序列可最低限度地干擾現有連結,同時自正請求的無線網路收集對於所請求連結之重要傳入呼叫資訊。該資訊可由DSDS無線通信裝置714儲存及/或顯示,以將「未接來電」資訊提供至DSDS無線通信裝置714之使用者。 As illustrated by diagram 1300 of FIG. 13, core network 112 of the wireless network can transmit a page request to wireless communication device 102 (e.g., DSDS wireless communication device 714) via radio access network 128. The wireless communication device 102 can listen to a set of Rx wireless circuitry addressed to a user-identified paging message (e.g., of the SIM on the UICC 504B) (e.g., coupled to the Rx wireless circuitry 710B of the wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B). Receiving a paging message, and another set of Rx radio circuitry (eg, Rx radio circuitry 710A) and a set of Tx radio circuitry (eg, Tx radio circuitry 708) are simultaneously engaged with (eg, another SIM on UICC 504A) Another user identifies the associated independent link. To simplify the explanation, and without loss of generality, the remaining discussion will use a representative DSDS wireless communication device 714 of the wireless communication device 102. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can switch the Tx wireless circuitry 708 from the "linked" wireless cellular protocol stack 704A to the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B, and then utilizes the radio access network from which the paging message is received. 128) Execute a random access channel (RACH) procedure. Both Tx wireless circuitry 708 and Rx wireless circuitry 710B may be used by the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B during the RACH procedure. Upon completion of the RACH procedure, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can send a paging response message to the core via the radio access network 128 in response to the paging message. Network 112. The core network 112 and the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can perform an authentication procedure (indicated by a verification request received from the wireless network and a verification response sent to the wireless network). Following the verification procedure, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can switch the Tx wireless circuitry 708 back from the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B to the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can receive a secure mode command from the core network 112 of the radio access network 128 via the Rx wireless circuitry 710B and, in response, switch the Tx wireless circuitry 708 back to the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW Stack 704B provides a response to the wireless network, such as a secure mode "Complete" response message. The core network 112 can then send a message to establish a connection with the DSDS wireless communication device 714 that includes information (e.g., the "Settings" message can include a "Call Number"). The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can respond using the Tx wireless circuitry 708 by transmitting a "call confirmation" message back to the core network 112 via the radio access network 128. The "Call Confirmation" message may include an indication that the user of the DSDS wireless communication device 704 is "busy" and may therefore not receive the requested action termination link. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can then perform a channel release procedure using the radio access network 128 to discard the link for the exchange of signaling information. While the DSDS wireless communication device 714 does not "accept" the incoming connection request, at least some of the information about the incoming connection request is collected for the user of the DSDS wireless communication device 714. The sequence illustrated in Figure 13 may require a minimum amount of time and the transit Tx wireless circuitry 708 is remote from the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A to support the information of the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B. Receive as short as possible. During the procedure as indicated in FIG. 13, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can switch the Tx wireless circuitry 708 back and forth between the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B and the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A. In response to the "incoming call" wireless network and also continue to support the transmission of voice packets (or data packets) that have been established. The message exchange sequence outlined in Figure 13 provides "missed call" information retrieved by the DSDS wireless communication device 714 for a SIM/eSIM while minimally disrupting the active connection of the second SIM/eSIM. As indicated in Figure 13 The time between sending the paging response message from the DSDS wireless communication device 714 and receiving the call confirmation (with the user busy indication) message by the wireless network transmitting the original paging request may be about 1 to 2 seconds. In addition, Tx wireless circuitry 708 can be transferred back to "connected" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A during the processing to support the connection of existing connections. The sequence shown can minimally interfere with existing links while collecting important incoming call information for the requested link from the wireless network being requested. The information may be stored and/or displayed by the DSDS wireless communication device 714 to provide "missed calls" information to the user of the DSDS wireless communication device 714.

圖14說明為了在經由「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A主動連結至無線網路的同時接收「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B之SMS訊息的無線通信裝置102(例如,DSDS無線通信裝置714)與無線網路之網路元件(例如,無線電存取網路128及核心網路112)之間的訊息交換序列的圖1400。正如圖13一樣,以下論述在不失一般性之情況下將使用DSDS無線通信裝置714作為代表性無線通信裝置102以執行訊息交換序列。DSDS無線通信裝置714可經由「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A主動連結且可接收「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B之連結請求(用於SMS訊息)。DSDS無線通信裝置714可執行RACH程序以回應傳呼請求及發送傳呼回應。發送傳呼請求之無線網路可經由驗證請求及回應交換利用DSDS無線通信裝置714進行驗證。DSDS無線通信裝置714可在RACH程序期間針對傳呼回應及針對驗證回應使用Tx無線電路系統708,暫時將Tx無線電路系統708自「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A轉移至「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B。在可能時,DSDS無線通信裝置714可在訊息交換序列期間將Tx無線電路系統708自「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B切換回至「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A,以繼續作用中連結且將中斷減至最少。遵循安全模式交換序列,DSDS無線通信裝置714可接收控制 協定資料(CP-DATA)訊息,其包括定址至與「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B相關聯之用戶識別的SMS訊息。「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B可用CP-DATA應答(ACK)訊息進行回應。核心網路112可藉由將清除命令發送至無線電存取網路128關閉SMS交換,且DSDS無線通信裝置714可釋放用於與無線電存取網路128簡明交換之頻道。Tx無線電路系統708可在訊息交換序列期間自「經連結」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704A轉移至「閒置」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊704B達最小時間段,以便建立與無線電存取網路128及核心網路112之發信號連結來接收SMS訊息。由於SMS訊息可在長度上有限制,圖14中所說明的訊息交換序列可需要極少量的時間且可在使用共用Tx無線電路系統708之DSDS無線通信裝置714中進行與第一用戶識別之作用中連結的同時提供對第二用戶識別之SMS訊息之成功接收。 14 illustrates a wireless communication device 102 (eg, DSDS wireless communication) for receiving an SMS message of an "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B while actively connecting to a wireless network via a "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A. Apparatus 714) is a diagram 1400 of a sequence of message exchanges with network elements of the wireless network (e.g., radio access network 128 and core network 112). As with Figure 13, the following discussion will use the DSDS wireless communication device 714 as a representative wireless communication device 102 to perform a message exchange sequence without loss of generality. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can be actively connected via a "connected" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A and can receive a "silent" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B connection request (for SMS messages). The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can execute the RACH procedure in response to the paging request and the sending of the paging response. The wireless network that sends the paging request can authenticate using the DSDS wireless communication device 714 via the authentication request and the response exchange. The DSDS wireless communication device 714 can use the Tx wireless circuitry 708 for the paging response and for the verification response during the RACH procedure to temporarily transfer the Tx wireless circuitry 708 from the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A to the "idle" wireless cellular Protocol SW stack 704B. When possible, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can switch the Tx wireless circuitry 708 back from the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B to the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A during the message exchange sequence to continue functioning. Connect and minimize interruptions. Following the secure mode exchange sequence, the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can receive control A CP-DATA message that includes a user-identified SMS message addressed to the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B. The "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B can respond with a CP-DATA response (ACK) message. The core network 112 can turn off the SMS exchange by sending a clear command to the radio access network 128, and the DSDS wireless communication device 714 can release the channel for concise exchange with the radio access network 128. The Tx wireless circuitry 708 can be transferred from the "linked" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704A to the "idle" wireless cellular protocol SW stack 704B during the message exchange sequence for a minimum period of time to establish a connection with the radio access network 128 and The core network 112 signals the connection to receive SMS messages. Since the SMS message can be limited in length, the message exchange sequence illustrated in Figure 14 can require a very small amount of time and can be used for first user identification in the DSDS wireless communication device 714 using the shared Tx wireless circuitry 708. The middle link also provides successful reception of the SMS message identified by the second user.

如本文所描述之DSDx無線通信裝置(或更大體而言為多SIM/eSIM無線通信裝置)可向其使用者提供使用可與不同無線服務及/或不同無線網路相關聯之複數個用戶識別進行通信之靈活性。DSDx無線通信裝置可使用兩個用戶識別在相同無線網路處註冊或同時在兩個不同蜂巢式無線網路處註冊。每一註冊可與單獨訂用(例如,電話號碼)相關聯,使得DSDx無線通信裝置對無線網路可表現為兩個不同使用者。使用者可使用兩個訂用起始及/或接收語音連結及SMS訊息。在一些實施例中,使用者可將一個訂用與例如用於網際網路存取或其他封包資料服務之封包交換式資料連結相關聯。供封包交換式資料服務之一個訂用使用的使用者偏好可基於可用服務、無線網路能力、訂用成本等之組合。與其在特定訂用(及其相關聯之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊)之間具有固定關聯,可較佳的是靈活地指派與不同訂用之封包交換式資料連結,亦即,自適應地將封包交換式資料連結與兩個不同無線蜂巢式協定SW堆相關聯而非藉由使用者指定之設定而保持不變。在一 些實施例中,使用者可規定用於封包交換式資料連結之預設訂用,但亦可(例如)基於使用者偏好之集合、無線電條件、可用服務、所支援資料速率等之組合)允許DSDx無線通信裝置選擇「最佳」訂用(及相關聯之堆疊/SIM/eSIM用戶識別)。如本文進一步所描述,封包交換式資料連結可在兩個不同訂用之間自動切換而無需DSDx無線通信裝置之使用者之手動干預。在一些實施例中,使用者可設定對於無線電存取技術、無線網路及/或使用SIM/eSIM/訂用之次序的偏好。 A DSDx wireless communication device (or, more generally, a multiple SIM/eSIM wireless communication device) as described herein can provide its users with a plurality of user identifications that can be associated with different wireless services and/or different wireless networks. Flexibility in communication. A DSDx wireless communication device can register with two user identifications at the same wireless network or simultaneously at two different cellular wireless networks. Each registration can be associated with a separate subscription (eg, a phone number) such that the DSDx wireless communication device can appear to the wireless network as two different users. The user can use two subscriptions to initiate and/or receive voice links and SMS messages. In some embodiments, a user may associate a subscription with a packet switched data link, such as for Internet access or other packet data services. The user preferences for one subscription use of the packet switched data service may be based on a combination of available services, wireless network capabilities, subscription costs, and the like. Rather than having a fixed association between a particular subscription (and its associated wireless cellular protocol software stack), it may be preferable to flexibly assign a packet-switched data link with a different subscription, ie, adaptively The packet switched data link is associated with two different wireless cellular protocol SW stacks and is not maintained by user-specified settings. In a In some embodiments, the user may specify a subscription for the packet switched data link, but may also allow, for example, based on a combination of user preferences, radio conditions, available services, supported data rates, etc.) The DSDx wireless communication device selects the "best" subscription (and associated stack/SIM/eSIM user identification). As further described herein, a packet switched data link can be automatically switched between two different subscriptions without manual intervention by a user of the DSDx wireless communication device. In some embodiments, the user may set preferences for the radio access technology, the wireless network, and/or the order in which the SIM/eSIM/subscription is used.

在一些實施例中,DSDx無線通信裝置可基於可提供較高資料輸送量連結之無線網路/服務自動切換與其相關聯(或其偏好或由首先嘗試以供其使用)之訂用/無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊。舉例而言,當一個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊處於具有4G LTE無線網路之「閒置」模式,而另一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊處於具有舊版2G或3G無線網路之「閒置」模式時,DSDx無線通信裝置可自動將封包交換式資料連結與4G LTE無線網路上「待接」之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊相關聯。替代地或另外,DSDx無線通信裝置可導致現有無線電狀況(例如,如藉由小區量測所提供),以將封包交換式資料連結與「較高品質」或「較高資料速率」無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊相關聯。當攜載封包交換式資料連結之無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊進入「停用」狀況時或當信號品質降低時,(例如)歸因於現有無線電狀況,DSDx無線通信裝置可經組態以將現有封包交換式資料連結(或封包交換式資料關聯)切換至供應較高效能連結之「不太較佳的」無線電存取技術。舉例而言,DSDx無線通信裝置可處於較接近「不太較佳的」RAT小區而非「更佳的」RAT小區之地理位置(例如,歸因於距離、雜訊、干擾、擁塞或其他存取網路無線電狀況),該「不太較佳的」RAT小區仍可提供較高資料速率或較高品質連結,該「更佳的」RAT小區可僅供應較低資料速率或較低品質連結。當兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與相同無線電存取技術相關聯時, DSDx無線通信裝置可基於信號強度或信號品質(例如,接收信號強度指示(RSSI)、接收信號碼功率(RSCP)、信雜比(SNR)、信號對雜訊干擾比(SINR)或其他適當效能量度)在用於封包交換式資料連結之無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間切換。在一些實施例中,無線區域網路(WLAN)連結可優於蜂巢式連結,且在可用且可存取時,可由DSDx無線通信裝置使用WLAN連結而非蜂巢式連結。在一些實施例中,服務訂用之集合可影響是否使用至特定蜂巢式無線網路或替代性WLAN之連結。DSDx無線通信裝置可經組態以強制進行保持封包交換式資料連結與堆疊/訂用之間的關聯達最小持續時間,以避免無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間的封包交換資料連結關聯(及/或連結)之頻繁切換。因此,在(例如)使用用於將關聯/連結切換至不同無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之臨界值(固定或自適應臨界值)進行切換前,DSDx無線通信裝置可針對當前關聯/連結「過濾」量測及/或將「遲滯」效應應用於偏置關聯及/或連結。 In some embodiments, the DSDx wireless communication device can automatically switch to a subscription/wireless hive associated with it (or its preference or by first attempting for its use) based on a wireless network/service that can provide a higher data throughput link. Protocol SW stacking. For example, when a wireless cellular protocol software stack is in an "idle" mode with a 4G LTE wireless network, and another wireless cellular protocol software stack is in an "idle" mode with an older 2G or 3G wireless network. The DSDx wireless communication device automatically associates the packet switched data link with the "to-be-wired" wireless cellular protocol software stack on the 4G LTE wireless network. Alternatively or in addition, the DSDx wireless communication device can cause existing radio conditions (eg, as provided by cell measurements) to link packet switched data to "higher quality" or "higher data rate" wireless cellular The agreement SW stack is associated. When a wireless cellular protocol SW stack carrying a packet switched data link enters a "deactivated" condition or when signal quality is degraded, for example due to an existing radio condition, the DSDx wireless communication device can be configured to Packet switched data links (or packet switched data associations) are switched to "less preferred" radio access technologies that provide higher performance links. For example, a DSDx wireless communication device may be in a geographic location that is closer to a "less-preferred" RAT cell than a "better" RAT cell (eg, due to distance, noise, interference, congestion, or other storage) Taking the network radio condition), the "less-preferred" RAT cell can still provide a higher data rate or higher quality link, and the "better" RAT cell can only supply a lower data rate or a lower quality link. . When two wireless cellular protocol software stacks are associated with the same radio access technology, DSDx wireless communication devices may be based on signal strength or signal quality (eg, Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI), Received Signal Code Power (RSCP), Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR), Signal-to-Noise Interference Ratio (SINR), or other appropriate performance. Measure) Switch between wireless cellular protocol SW stacks for packet switched data connections. In some embodiments, a wireless local area network (WLAN) connection may be preferred over a cellular connection, and when available and accessible, the WLAN connection may be used by the DSDx wireless communication device instead of a cellular connection. In some embodiments, the set of service subscriptions can affect whether a connection to a particular cellular wireless network or an alternate WLAN is used. The DSDx wireless communication device can be configured to enforce a correlation between maintaining a packet switched data link and stacking/subscribing for a minimum duration to avoid packet-switched data link associations between wireless cellular protocol SW stacks (and/or Or link) frequent switching. Thus, the DSDx wireless communication device can "filter" for the current association/linkage, for example, before switching using the threshold (fixed or adaptive threshold) for switching the association/link to a different wireless cellular protocol SW stack. Measure and/or apply the "hysteresis" effect to the offset association and/or link.

在一些實施例中,「本端」訂用或對「本籍」無線網路之訂用可優於「遠端」訂用或經由用於DSDx無線通信裝置之封包交換式資料連結之「漫遊」無線網路的訂用。關聯及/或對於特定訂用之偏好因此亦可基於DSDx無線通信裝置之地理位置,且使用者在旅行時可偏好於不手動重設關聯。在一些實施例中,封包交換式資料連結可關聯於與其建立電路交換式語音連結(或處於正建立之過程中)之訂用,以經由支援此組合式CS/PS服務之無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊支援同時電路交換(CS)及封包交換(PS)服務。在一些實施例中,與訂用服務計劃相關聯之成本可用於判定(或至少影響)與封包交換式資料連結相關聯之無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊的選擇。在一些實施例中,無限制資料服務訂用可優於計量式資料服務訂用。在一些實施例中,使用者可設定對於無線電存取技術及/或訂用(亦即,在該等情況下使用的SIM/eSIM)的偏好。在一些實施例中,使用者可設定無線電存取技術與封包交換式資料連 結相關聯之次序。在一些實施例中,使用者可設定封包交換式資料連結與特定訂用之權限(例如,允許或不允許)關聯。在一些實施例中,權限可經「全局」設定,以例如適用於任何應用程式或任何使用者應用程式或任何前台應用程式或任何後台應用程式。在一些實施例中,權限可經「局部」設定,以例如適用於一或多個特定應用程式。因此,在一些實施例中,使用者可設定哪些應用程式具有使用哪些訂用之權限。對於支援多個同時無線連結(例如,至兩個不同無線網路之兩個蜂巢式連結,或至相同無線網路之兩個蜂巢式連結,或至蜂巢式無線網路之蜂巢式連結同時至WLAN網路之WLAN連結)的雙SIM無線通信裝置,使用者可基於上文所列出之多個因素設定對於多個訂用及/或不同的可能的無線連結中之封包交換式資料連結之自動切換的偏好。 In some embodiments, the "local" subscription or subscription to the "home" wireless network may be better than "remote" subscription or "roaming" via a packet switched data link for a DSDx wireless communication device. Subscription for wireless networks. The association and/or preferences for a particular subscription may therefore also be based on the geographic location of the DSDx wireless communication device, and the user may prefer not to manually reset the association while traveling. In some embodiments, the packet switched data link can be associated with a subscription with which a circuit switched voice link is established (or in the process of being established) to pass the wireless cellular protocol SW supporting the combined CS/PS service. The stack supports simultaneous circuit switched (CS) and packet switched (PS) services. In some embodiments, the cost associated with the subscription service plan can be used to determine (or at least affect) the selection of the wireless cellular protocol SW stack associated with the packet switched data link. In some embodiments, unrestricted data service subscriptions may be superior to metered data service subscriptions. In some embodiments, the user may set preferences for radio access technology and/or subscription (ie, SIM/eSIM used in such situations). In some embodiments, the user can set the radio access technology and the packet switched data link. The order in which the knots are associated. In some embodiments, the user can set a packet switched data link to associate with a particular subscription (eg, allow or disallow). In some embodiments, the permissions may be set globally, for example, for any application or any user application or any foreground application or any background application. In some embodiments, permissions may be set "locally" to apply, for example, to one or more particular applications. Thus, in some embodiments, the user can set which applications have the right to use which subscriptions. For supporting multiple simultaneous wireless connections (for example, two cellular connections to two different wireless networks, or two cellular connections to the same wireless network, or a cellular connection to a cellular wireless network) A dual SIM wireless communication device for WLAN connection of a WLAN network, the user can set a packet switched data link for multiple subscriptions and/or different possible wireless connections based on a plurality of factors listed above. Automatic switching preferences.

圖15說明當無線通信裝置102使用兩個用戶識別與一或多個無線網路相關聯或連結至一或多個無線網路時,由無線通信裝置102(例如,如上文所描述之DSDx無線通信裝置)執行之方法之流程圖1500。在步驟1502中,無線通信裝置102經由用於由第一SIM提供之第一用戶識別的第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊執行與第一無線網路之蜂巢式通信。(當該方法關於「SIM」進行描述時,該方法可同樣應用於「eSIM」及/或一或多個SIM與一或多個eSIM之組合。)在步驟1504中,無線通信裝置102可經由用於由第二SIM提供之第二用戶識別的第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊執行與第二無線網路之蜂巢式通信。在步驟1605中,在第一SIM及第二SIM與作為伺服電訊廠商或作為漫遊電訊廠商之相同無線網路相關聯時,無線通信裝置102在第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間分擔行動性管理任務。在一些實施例中,第一無線網路及第二無線網路係完全相同的無線網路,且第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊各自與相同無線網路之相同小區相關聯。在一些實施例中,當第一無線蜂巢式協定 SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊各自處於閒置狀態或處於傳呼頻道(PCH)狀態時,無線通信裝置102藉由以下方式分擔行動性管理任務:(i)針對與第一用戶識別相關聯之傳呼訊息,經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊監視傳呼頻道,(ii)針對與第二用戶識別相關聯之傳呼訊息,經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊監視傳呼頻道,(iii)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊量測伺服小區及一或多個相鄰小區之通信頻道特性,及(iv)將基於通信頻道特性之資訊自第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊傳送至第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊。在一些實施例中,在無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間傳送之資訊包括無線通信裝置102之射頻(RF)無線電路系統之設定。 15 illustrates a wireless communication device 102 (eg, DSDx wireless as described above) when wireless communication device 102 is associated with or associated with one or more wireless networks using two user identifications. Flowchart 1500 of the method of execution of the communication device. In step 1502, the wireless communication device 102 performs cellular communication with the first wireless network via a first wireless cellular protocol SW stack for the first user provided by the first SIM. (When the method is described with respect to "SIM", the method can be equally applied to "eSIM" and/or a combination of one or more SIMs and one or more eSIMs.) In step 1504, the wireless communication device 102 can be A second wireless cellular protocol SW stack for the second user identification provided by the second SIM performs cellular communication with the second wireless network. In step 1605, when the first SIM and the second SIM are associated with the same wireless network as the servo telecommunications vendor or as a roaming telecommunications vendor, the wireless communication device 102 is in the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular The operational agreement SW stack shares the operational management tasks. In some embodiments, the first wireless network and the second wireless network are identical wireless networks, and the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack are each and the same wireless network. The same cell is associated. In some embodiments, when the first wireless cellular protocol When the SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack are each in an idle state or in a paging channel (PCH) state, the wireless communication device 102 shares the mobility management task by: (i) being associated with the first user identification The paging message, monitoring the paging channel via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack, (ii) monitoring the paging channel via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack for the paging message associated with the second user identification, (iii) via the A wireless cellular protocol SW stack measures communication channel characteristics of the servo cell and one or more neighboring cells, and (iv) transmits information based on communication channel characteristics from the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack to the second wireless cellular Protocol SW stacking. In some embodiments, the information communicated between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks includes settings of radio frequency (RF) wireless circuitry of the wireless communication device 102.

在一些實施例中,當第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊處於與伺服小區之連結狀態且第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊處於閒置狀態或處於與該伺服小區相關聯之傳呼頻道(PCH)狀態時,無線通信裝置102藉由以下方式分擔行動性管理任務:(i)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊執行對伺服小區及一或多個相鄰小區之量測以用於小區重選或切換;(ii)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊判定用於重選或切換之目標小區;及(iii)針對第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊兩者執行重選或自伺服小區至目標小區之切換。在一些實施例中,在由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊起始之重選或切換處理程序內的時間之至少一部分期間,無線通信裝置102經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊讀取目標小區之廣播頻道(BCH)上之訊息。 In some embodiments, when the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack is in a connected state with the serving cell and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack is in an idle state or in a paging channel (PCH) state associated with the serving cell The wireless communication device 102 shares the mobility management task by: (i) performing measurement of the serving cell and one or more neighboring cells via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack for cell reselection or handover (ii) determining a target cell for reselection or handover via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack; and (iii) performing heavy on both the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack Select or switch from the serving cell to the target cell. In some embodiments, during at least a portion of the time within the reselection or handover process initiated by the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack, the wireless communication device 102 reads the target cell via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack The message on the broadcast channel (BCH).

在一些實施例中,當第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊各自處於與伺服小區之連結狀態時,無線通信裝置102藉由以下方式分擔行動性管理任務:(i)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與伺服小區傳達發信號及資料;(ii)經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與伺服小區傳達發信號及資料;(iii)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆 疊執行對伺服小區及一或多個相鄰小區之量測以用於小區切換;(iv)經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊判定用於切換之目標小區;及(v)針對第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊兩者執行自伺服小區至目標小區之切換。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置102經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊量測伺服小區及一或多個相鄰小區之通信頻道特性,且將基於通信頻道特性之資訊自第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊傳送至第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置102經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊量測伺服小區及一或多個相鄰小區之通信頻道特性,且在第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊自伺服小區至目標小區之切換完成時與第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊自伺服小區至目標小區之切換完成時之間的時間段期間,經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊將量測值提供至伺服小區。 In some embodiments, when the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack are each in a connected state with the serving cell, the wireless communication device 102 shares the mobility management task by: (i Transmitting signaling and data via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack to the serving cell; (ii) communicating signaling and data to the serving cell via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack; (iii) via the first wireless cellular protocol SW heap Performing measurements on the serving cell and one or more neighboring cells for cell handover; (iv) determining a target cell for handover via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack; and (v) targeting the first wireless Both the cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack perform switching from the serving cell to the target cell. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device 102 measures the communication channel characteristics of the servo cell and one or more neighboring cells via the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack, and the information based on the communication channel characteristics is from the first wireless cellular type. The protocol SW stack is transferred to the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device 102 measures the communication channel characteristics of the serving cell and the one or more neighboring cells via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack, and the first wireless cellular protocol SW stacks from the serving cell to During the time period between the completion of the handover of the target cell and the completion of the handover of the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack from the serving cell to the target cell, the measured value is provided to the serving cell via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack.

可在第一蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二蜂巢式協定SW堆疊兩者可於其上執行之無線通信裝置102之單一基頻處理器上執行圖15中所說明的方法及其變化。替代地,可在第一蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二蜂巢式協定SW堆疊可分別於其上執行之無線通信裝置102之多個(例如,兩個)基頻處理器上執行圖15中所說明的方法及其變化。在一些實施例中,第一蜂巢式協定SW堆疊支援使用多個RAT之通信,而第二蜂巢式協定SW堆疊支援使用單一RAT之通信。 The method illustrated in Figure 15 and its variations can be performed on a single baseband processor of the wireless communication device 102 on which both the first cellular protocol SW stack and the second cellular protocol SW stack can be executed. Alternatively, the plurality of (eg, two) baseband processors of the wireless communication device 102 on which the first cellular protocol SW stack and the second cellular protocol SW stack can be respectively executed can be performed in FIG. The method of description and its changes. In some embodiments, the first cellular protocol SW stack supports communication using multiple RATs, while the second cellular protocol SW stack supports communication using a single RAT.

圖16說明當無線通信裝置102使用複數個用戶識別與一或多個無線網路相關聯時,由無線通信裝置102(例如,如上文所描述之DSDx無線通信裝置)執行之另一方法之流程圖1600。在步驟1602中,無線通信裝置102在用於由第一SIM提供之第一用戶識別之第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與用於由第二SIM提供之第二用戶識別之第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之集合。在一些實施例中,第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊利用將無線蜂 巢式協定SW堆疊互連之軟體介面在共同處理器(例如,無線通信裝置102之單一基頻處理器)上操作。在一些實施例中,第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊在藉由硬體介面互連之無線通信裝置102之多個(例如,兩個)處理器上操作,經由該硬體介面實現堆疊之間的軟體介面。在一些實施例中,每一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊支援根據多個RAT之通信。在一些實施例中,每一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊經組態以支援使用RAT之集合之通信,該等RAT至少部分地為非重疊的(例如,RAT之每一集合中之至少一個RAT與對應的無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊唯一相關聯)。在步驟1604中,在兩個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與相應無線網路相關聯但未連結至相應無線網路時,無線通信裝置使用並行操作之第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊執行行動性管理任務之集合。舉例而言,第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與第一無線網路相關聯(或在第一無線網路處註冊,或處於與第一無線網路之未連結RRC狀態),而第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與第二無線網路相關聯(或在第二無線網路處註冊,或處於與第二無線網路之未連結RRC狀態)。每一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊執行來自行動性管理任務之集合的行動性管理任務之其自有子集。在步驟1606中,無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊在其間共用藉由行動性管理任務之執行而獲得的資訊。 16 illustrates a flow of another method performed by wireless communication device 102 (e.g., a DSDx wireless communication device as described above) when wireless communication device 102 is associated with one or more wireless networks using a plurality of user identifications. Figure 1600. In step 1602, the wireless communication device 102 is in a first wireless cellular protocol SW stack for the first user provided by the first SIM and a second wireless cellular design for the second user provided by the second SIM. A collection of operational management tasks between the agreed SW stacks. In some embodiments, the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack utilize wireless bee The soft interface of the nested protocol SW stack interconnect operates on a common processor (e.g., a single baseband processor of the wireless communication device 102). In some embodiments, the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack operate on a plurality of (eg, two) processors of the wireless communication device 102 interconnected by a hardware interface, The software interface between the stacks is achieved via the hardware interface. In some embodiments, each wireless cellular protocol SW stack supports communication according to multiple RATs. In some embodiments, each wireless cellular protocol SW stack is configured to support communication using a set of RATs that are at least partially non-overlapping (eg, at least one RAT in each set of RATs) The corresponding wireless cellular protocol SW stack is uniquely associated). In step 1604, the wireless communication device uses the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless operating in parallel when the two wireless cellular protocol SW stacks are associated with the respective wireless network but are not connected to the corresponding wireless network. The Honeycomb Compact SW stack performs a collection of operational management tasks. For example, the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack is associated with the first wireless network (either registered at the first wireless network or in an unconnected RRC state with the first wireless network), and the second wireless The cellular protocol SW stack is associated with the second wireless network (either at the second wireless network or in an unlinked RRC state with the second wireless network). Each wireless cellular protocol SW stack performs its own subset of active management tasks from a collection of mobility management tasks. In step 1606, the wireless cellular protocol SW stack shares information obtained by execution of the mobility management task therebetween.

在一些實施例中,藉由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊並行執行之行動性管理任務之集合包括搜尋PLMN。在一些實施例中,第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋使用RAT之第一集合中之RAT的PLMN,而第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋使用RAT之第二集合中之RAT的PLMN,其中RAT之集合至少部分地為非重疊的。在一些實施例中,一個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋2G PLMN,而另一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋3G PLMN。在一些實施例中,一個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋舊版2G或 3G PLMN,而另一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋4G LTE/LTE-A PLMN。在一些實施例中,一個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋4G FDD PLMN,而另一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊搜尋4G TDD PLMN。在一些實施例中,每一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊基於與該無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊的相關聯用戶識別或SIM/eSIM相關聯之較佳RAT清單搜尋PLMN。 In some embodiments, the set of mobility management tasks performed in parallel by the wireless cellular protocol SW stack includes searching for PLMNs. In some embodiments, the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for PLMNs that use RATs in the first set of RATs, and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for PLMNs that use RATs in the second set of RATs, where The set of RATs is at least partially non-overlapping. In some embodiments, one wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for a 2G PLMN while another wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for a 3G PLMN. In some embodiments, a wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for legacy 2G or 3G PLMN, while another wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for 4G LTE/LTE-A PLMN. In some embodiments, one wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for a 4G FDD PLMN while another wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for a 4G TDD PLMN. In some embodiments, each wireless cellular protocol SW stack searches for a PLMN based on a preferred RAT list associated with an associated subscriber identity or SIM/eSIM of the wireless cellular protocol SW stack.

在一些實施例中,藉由無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊並行執行之行動性管理任務之集合包括量測相鄰小區及/或伺服小區。在一些實施例中,無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊基於一或多個準則(包括但不限於無線電存取技術、射頻頻帶、RRC狀態、RAT偏好清單及小區偏好清單)量測小區。在一些實施例中,每一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊量測其自身伺服小區及用於由其自身伺服小區共用之無線電存取技術之一或多個相鄰小區。在一些實施例中,兩個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與SIM/eSIM之用戶識別相關聯,SIM/eSIM與充當伺服電訊廠商或漫遊電訊廠商之相同無線網路提供者相關聯。當第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊兩者與相同無線網路提供者相關聯時,在該等無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間共用之資訊包括相鄰小區清單、禁用小區清單及廣播系統資訊中之一或多者之組合。在一些實施例中,第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與相同無線網路之相同小區相關聯,且在該等無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間共用之資訊包括實體層資訊或用於與該小區通信之無線電路系統設定。在一些實施例中,在無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間共用之資訊包括用於小區重選處理程序或小區切換處理程之目標小區資訊,諸如同步參數、射頻值或用於與目標小區通信之無線電路系統設定。在一些實施例中,在無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間共用之資訊包括用於CSFB程序或用於SRVCC程序之小區量測及/或無線電路系統設定。 In some embodiments, the set of mobility management tasks performed in parallel by the wireless cellular protocol SW stack includes measuring neighbor cells and/or serving cells. In some embodiments, the wireless cellular protocol SW stack measures cells based on one or more criteria including, but not limited to, radio access technology, radio frequency band, RRC status, RAT preference list, and cell preference list. In some embodiments, each wireless cellular protocol SW stack measures its own serving cell and one or more neighboring cells for the radio access technology shared by its own serving cell. In some embodiments, two wireless cellular protocol SW stacks are associated with user identification of SIM/eSIM, which is associated with the same wireless network provider acting as a servo telecommunications vendor or roaming telecommunications vendor. When the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack are both associated with the same wireless network provider, sharing between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks The information includes a combination of one or more of a neighbor cell list, a disabled cell list, and broadcast system information. In some embodiments, the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack are associated with the same cell of the same wireless network, and information shared between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks includes Physical layer information or wireless circuitry settings for communicating with the cell. In some embodiments, the information shared between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks includes target cell information for a cell reselection process or cell handover procedure, such as synchronization parameters, radio frequency values, or for communicating with a target cell. Wireless circuit system settings. In some embodiments, the information shared between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks includes cell measurements and/or wireless circuitry settings for the CSFB procedure or for the SRVCC procedure.

圖17說明藉由無線通信裝置中之兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊 共用射頻無線電路系統以與兩個無線網路通信之方法的流程圖1700。該方法在無線通信裝置經由用於與第一SIM相關聯之第一用戶識別的第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊連結至第一無線網路時由該無線通信裝置執行,如步驟1702中所判定。在步驟1704中,無線通信裝置自第二無線網路接收對於與第二SIM相關聯之第二用戶識別的傳呼請求。在步驟1706中,無線通信裝置自第一無線網路重新組態射頻無線電路系統的一部分,以經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與第二無線網路通信。在步驟1708中,無線通信裝置使用射頻無線電路系統之經重新組態部分經由第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊建立與第二無線網路之發信號頻道。在步驟1710中,無線通信裝置回應於接收自第二無線網路之傳呼請求經由發信號頻道將傳呼回應發送至第二無線網路。在步驟1712中,無線通信裝置經由發信號頻道自與傳呼請求相關聯之第二無線網路接收資訊。在步驟1714中,無線通信裝置在接收與傳呼請求相關聯之資訊後釋放與第二無線網路之發信號頻道。在步驟1716中,無線通信裝置將無線電路系統之部分自第二無線網路重新組態回至第一無線網路,以在釋放發信號頻道後經由第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊繼續與第一無線網路之通信。 Figure 17 illustrates the stacking of two wireless cellular protocols in a wireless communication device Flowchart 1700 of a method of sharing radio frequency wireless circuitry to communicate with two wireless networks. The method is performed by the wireless communication device when the wireless communication device is coupled to the first wireless network via a first wireless cellular protocol SW stack for first user identification associated with the first SIM, as determined in step 1702 . In step 1704, the wireless communication device receives a paging request for the second user identification associated with the second SIM from the second wireless network. In step 1706, the wireless communication device reconfigures a portion of the radio frequency wireless circuitry from the first wireless network to communicate with the second wireless network via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack. In step 1708, the wireless communication device establishes a signaling channel with the second wireless network via the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack using the reconfigured portion of the radio frequency wireless circuitry. In step 1710, the wireless communication device transmits a paging response to the second wireless network via the signaling channel in response to the paging request received from the second wireless network. In step 1712, the wireless communication device receives information from the second wireless network associated with the paging request via the signaling channel. In step 1714, the wireless communication device releases the signaling channel with the second wireless network upon receiving the information associated with the paging request. In step 1716, the wireless communication device reconfigures a portion of the wireless circuitry from the second wireless network back to the first wireless network to continue with the first wireless cellular protocol SW stack after releasing the signaling channel A wireless network communication.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置中經重新組態以切換第一無線網路與第二無線網路之間的通信的無線電路系統的部分包括在第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊與第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間共用之射頻傳輸器。第一無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊可利用如本文所描述及說明之無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊之間的通信介面在單一基頻處理器或在多個基頻處理器上同時執行。接收自第二無線網路之傳呼請求可包括對於第二用戶識別模組之行動終止連結建立請求,且在建立發信號頻道後,無線通信裝置可自第二無線網路接收用於行動終止連結請求之連結設定訊息。行動無線通信裝置可接收與作 為連結設定訊息之部分之傳呼請求相關聯的資訊,例如行動終止連結建立請求之發起者之指示。行動無線通信裝置可將連結拒絕訊息發送至第二無線網路,從而拒絕建立與第二無線網路之行動終止連結的請求。連結拒絕訊息可包括無線通信裝置、其用戶識別或使用者之狀態之指示,例如「忙碌」指示。行動無線通信裝置可向行動無線裝置之使用者提供包括行動終止連結建立請求之發起者之指示的通知。因此,行動無線通信裝置之使用者可被告知來自第二無線網路之連結嘗試,且在一些實施例中,在仍進行與第一無線網路之連結的同時被告知連結嘗試之發起者之指示。 In some embodiments, a portion of the wireless communication device that is reconfigured to switch communication between the first wireless network and the second wireless network includes a first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and a second A radio frequency transmitter shared between wireless cellular protocol SW stacks. The first wireless cellular protocol SW stack and the second wireless cellular protocol SW stack can utilize a communication interface between the wireless cellular protocol SW stacks as described and illustrated herein on a single baseband processor or at multiple baseband processing Executed simultaneously on the device. The paging request received from the second wireless network may include an action termination connection establishment request for the second subscriber identity module, and after establishing the signaling channel, the wireless communication device may receive the action termination link from the second wireless network. Request link setting message. Mobile wireless communication device can receive and work The information associated with the paging request for the portion of the connection setting message, such as the indication of the initiator of the action termination link establishment request. The mobile wireless communication device can transmit a link reject message to the second wireless network, thereby refusing to establish a request to terminate the connection with the second wireless network. The link rejection message may include an indication of the state of the wireless communication device, its user identification, or the user, such as a "busy" indication. The mobile wireless communication device can provide a notification to the user of the mobile wireless device of an indication including the initiator of the action termination connection establishment request. Thus, the user of the mobile wireless communication device can be informed of the connection attempt from the second wireless network, and in some embodiments, is informed of the originator of the connection attempt while still being connected to the first wireless network. Instructions.

在一些實施例中,傳呼請求包括短訊息服務(SMS)請求,且無線通信裝置在建立與第二無線網路之發信號頻道之後隨後自第二無線網路接收SMS控制協定資料(CP-DATA)訊息。回應於SMS CP-DATA訊息,無線通信裝置可發送應答(例如CP-DATA ACK)訊息。無線通信裝置可將接收的SMS CP-DATA訊息之指示提供至其使用者。以此方式,使用者可自第二無線網路接收SMS訊息,同時保持與第一無線網路之連結。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置經由與第二無線網路之發信號頻道執行驗證程序,例如,自第二無線網路接收驗證請求且將驗證回應發送回至第二無線網路。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置亦執行安全模式處理程序,其包括自第二無線網路接收安全模式命令及用發送回至第二無線網路之安全模式完成訊息進行回應。無線通信裝置可在第一無線網路與第二無線網路之間來回重新組態無線電路系統的一部分(例如,射頻傳輸器),藉此維持與第一無線網路之連結,同時亦提供與第二無線網路之「受限」連結。無線通信裝置可支援至第一無線網路之連結繼續,同時亦支援經由發信號頻道與第二無線網路之通信。無線通信裝置可因此接收關於「未接」傳入連結嘗試之資訊及/或在不丟失至第一無線網路之連結的情況下自第二無線網路接收SMS 訊息。藉由在各自具有其自有射頻接收器之多個無線蜂巢式協定SW堆疊中共用單一射頻傳輸器,可實現更緊湊及高效之無線通信裝置,其准許與用於與兩個相異SIM/eSIM相關聯之兩個不同用戶識別的兩個不同無線網路(或與相同無線網路)之至少受限的並列通信。SIM可安裝在一或多個可卸除式UICC上及/或eSIM可安裝在eUICC上,如本文中針對無線通信裝置之各種實施例所揭示。 In some embodiments, the paging request includes a short message service (SMS) request, and the wireless communication device subsequently receives the SMS control protocol data (CP-DATA) from the second wireless network after establishing the signaling channel with the second wireless network. )message. In response to the SMS CP-DATA message, the wireless communication device can send a response (eg, CP-DATA ACK) message. The wireless communication device can provide an indication of the received SMS CP-DATA message to its user. In this manner, the user can receive SMS messages from the second wireless network while maintaining a connection with the first wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device performs a verification procedure via a signaling channel with the second wireless network, for example, receiving an authentication request from the second wireless network and transmitting the verification response back to the second wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device also performs a secure mode process that includes receiving a secure mode command from the second wireless network and responding with a secure mode completion message sent back to the second wireless network. The wireless communication device can reconfigure a portion of the wireless circuitry (eg, a radio frequency transmitter) back and forth between the first wireless network and the second wireless network, thereby maintaining a connection with the first wireless network while also providing A "restricted" link to the second wireless network. The wireless communication device can support the connection to the first wireless network to continue, and also supports communication with the second wireless network via the signaling channel. The wireless communication device can thus receive information regarding "missed" incoming connection attempts and/or receive SMS from the second wireless network without losing a link to the first wireless network message. By sharing a single RF transmitter in a plurality of wireless cellular protocol SW stacks each having its own radio frequency receiver, a more compact and efficient wireless communication device can be realized that is licensed for use with two different SIM/ At least limited parallel communication of two different wireless networks (or the same wireless network) identified by two different users associated with the eSIM. The SIM can be installed on one or more removable UICCs and/or the eSIM can be installed on the eUICC as disclosed herein for various embodiments of the wireless communication device.

圖18說明管理包括複數個用戶識別模組(SIM)之無線通信裝置中之資料連結的代表性方法之流程圖1800。在一些實施例中,SIM中之一或多者位於安裝於無線通信裝置中之一或多個可卸除式UICC上。在一些實施例中,SIM之一或多者作為電子SIM(eSIM)安裝於包括於無線通信裝置中之嵌入UICC(eUICC)上。無線通信裝置可經組態以存取與包括於無線通信裝置中之多個SIM/eSIM相關聯的一或多個不同無線網路。SIM中之至少一者可提供資料連結,且在一些實施例中,多個SIM/eSIM可各自提供至一或多個無線網路之資料連結。一或多個無線網路可為相異無線網路(例如,提供不同服務及/或使用不同無線電存取技術之不同無線網路)或可為相同無線網路(例如,當兩個(或兩個以上)SIM/eSIM與相同無線服務提供者相關聯時或當一個SIM/eSIM經由無線網路提供「本籍」服務且第二SIM/eSIM經由相同無線網路提供「漫遊」服務時)。對於可各自為無線通信裝置提供資料連結之多個SIM/eSIM,使用SIM/eSIM之優先排序之次序可(例如)作為無線通信裝置之軟體組態中之預設設定及/或作為使用者可組態偏好設定而建立。在第一步驟1802中,當無線通信裝置中之應用程式(或其他資源)試圖建立資料連結時,無線通信裝置可偵測建立資料連結之應用程式的(或其他資源的)請求。在第二步驟1804中,無線通信裝置獲得對於用於無線通信裝置中之多個SIM之資料連結的優先排序之偏好。在第三步驟1806中,基於對於優先排序之偏好,無線通信裝置可建立與關 聯於無線通信裝置中之多個SIM/eSIM中之一者之無線網路的資料連結。 18 illustrates a flow diagram 1800 of a representative method of managing data links in a wireless communication device including a plurality of Subscriber Identity Modules (SIMs). In some embodiments, one or more of the SIMs are located on one or more removable UICCs installed in the wireless communication device. In some embodiments, one or more of the SIMs are installed as an electronic SIM (eSIM) on an embedded UICC (eUICC) included in the wireless communication device. The wireless communication device can be configured to access one or more different wireless networks associated with a plurality of SIM/eSIMs included in the wireless communication device. At least one of the SIMs can provide a data link, and in some embodiments, multiple SIM/eSIMs can each provide a data link to one or more wireless networks. One or more wireless networks may be different wireless networks (eg, different wireless networks providing different services and/or using different radio access technologies) or may be the same wireless network (eg, when two (or Two or more) SIM/eSIM associated with the same wireless service provider or when a SIM/eSIM provides a "home" service via a wireless network and a second SIM/eSIM provides a "roaming" service over the same wireless network). For multiple SIM/eSIMs that may each provide a data link for a wireless communication device, the order of prioritization using SIM/eSIM may, for example, be used as a default setting in the software configuration of the wireless communication device and/or as a user Established by configuring preferences. In a first step 1802, when an application (or other resource) in the wireless communication device attempts to establish a data link, the wireless communication device can detect a request to establish an application (or other resource) of the data link. In a second step 1804, the wireless communication device obtains a preference for prioritization of data links for multiple SIMs in the wireless communication device. In a third step 1806, the wireless communication device can establish and close based on preferences for prioritization. A data link to a wireless network of one of a plurality of SIM/eSIMs in a wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,對於資料連結之優先排序之偏好包括多個SIM/eSIM可由無線通信裝置選擇以嘗試建立資料連結的優先排序之次序(例如,有序清單)。無線通信裝置可以優先排序之次序嘗試與關聯於每一SIM/eSIM之一或多個無線網路連結直至資料連結建立。在一些實施例中,所有SIM/eSIM皆可支援資料連結;而在一些實施例中,僅一些(亦即,並非所有)SIM/eSIM可支援資料連結。當僅一些SIM/eSIM支援資料連結時,優先排序之次序/清單可僅包括支援資料連結之彼等SIM/eSIM且可不包括不支援資料連結之SIM/eSIM。在一些實施例中,使用者可選擇其中可選擇SIM/eSIM以用於資料連結之次序。在一些實施例中,使用者可包括及/或不包括來自優先排序之次序之特定SIM/eSIM,且對於所包括之彼等SIM/eSIM,使用者可規定該等SIM/eSIM可按其用於建立資料連結的次序。在一些實施例中,對於資料連結之優先排序之偏好包括針對資料連結而使用的無線電存取技術之優先排序之次序。當RAT經優先排序時,無線通信裝置可藉由以RAT之優先排序之次序嘗試與關聯於多個SIM/eSIM之一或多個無線網路連結直至資料連結建立來建立與無線網路之資料連結。在一些實施例中,多個SIM/eSIM中之一或多者各自提供多個RAT,且SIM/eSIM之第一集合可用於藉由選擇第一較佳RAT來嘗試建立與相關聯無線網路之資料連結。當無線通信裝置不能使用SIM/eSIM(或相關聯無線網路)(其使用第一較佳RAT)中之任一者建立資料連結時,則可使用以RAT之優先排序之次序使用第二較佳RAT之SIM/eSIM之第二集合。為了建立資料連結,該處理程序可重複直至嘗試所有RAT。在代表性實施例中,無線通信裝置包括針對4G LTE無線網路組態之第一SIM/eSIM及針對舊版2G/3G無線網路組態之第二SIM/eSIM,且RAT之優先排序之次序 指示對於4G LTE RAT之偏好先於舊版2G/3G RAT。在代表性實施例中,在建立與舊版2G/3G無線網路之資料連結之前,無線通信裝置優先排序建立與4G LTE無線網路之資料連結。 In some embodiments, the preference for prioritization of data links includes an order in which multiple SIM/eSIMs may be selected by the wireless communication device to attempt to establish a prioritization of the data links (eg, an ordered list). The wireless communication device may attempt to associate with one or more wireless network connections associated with each SIM/eSIM in a prioritized order until the data link is established. In some embodiments, all SIM/eSIMs can support data linking; and in some embodiments, only some (ie, not all) SIM/eSIM can support data linking. When only some SIM/eSIM support materials are linked, the order/list of prioritization may include only SIM/eSIM supporting the data link and may not include SIM/eSIM that does not support the data link. In some embodiments, the user may select an order in which the SIM/eSIM can be selected for data linking. In some embodiments, the user may include and/or exclude specific SIM/eSIMs from the order of prioritization, and for those SIM/eSIMs included, the user may specify that the SIM/eSIM may be used The order in which the data links are established. In some embodiments, the preference for prioritization of data links includes the order of prioritization of the radio access technologies used for data linking. When the RATs are prioritized, the wireless communication device can establish data with the wireless network by attempting to connect with one or more wireless networks associated with the plurality of SIM/eSIMs until the data link is established in the order of prioritization of the RATs. link. In some embodiments, one or more of the plurality of SIM/eSIMs each provide a plurality of RATs, and the first set of SIM/eSIMs can be used to attempt to establish an associated wireless network by selecting the first preferred RAT Information link. When the wireless communication device is unable to establish a data link using any of the SIM/eSIM (or associated wireless network) (which uses the first preferred RAT), then the second comparison may be used in the order of prioritization of the RATs. The second set of SIM/eSIM of the best RAT. In order to establish a data link, the process can be repeated until all RATs are tried. In a representative embodiment, the wireless communication device includes a first SIM/eSIM configured for a 4G LTE wireless network and a second SIM/eSIM configured for a legacy 2G/3G wireless network, and the RAT is prioritized order The preference for the 4G LTE RAT is prior to the legacy 2G/3G RAT. In a representative embodiment, the wireless communication device prioritizes the establishment of a data link with the 4G LTE wireless network prior to establishing a data link with the legacy 2G/3G wireless network.

在一些實施例中,當無線通信裝置中之多個SIM/eSIM支援至各自使用特定RAT之至少兩個無線網路之連結時,無線通信裝置可基於另一準則(諸如至少兩個無線網路之連結之特性)優先排序至少兩個無線網路之每一者。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置比較至少兩個無線網路之一或多個品質量度且基於該一或多個品質量度優先排序嘗試特定RAT之連結的次序。無線通信裝置可基於信號品質及/或強度量度(諸如接收信號碼功率(RSCP)、參考信號接收功率(RSRP)、參考信號接收品質(RSRQ)、接收信號強度指示符(RSSI))及/或另一可比品質量度)優先排序至無線網路之連結。當第一無線網路及第二無線網路兩者使用相同RAT時,無線通信裝置可在經由建立與具有較低信號強度/品質之第二無線網路之資料連結為可用時而經組態以建立與具有較高信號強度/品質之第一無線網路之資料連結。 In some embodiments, when multiple SIM/eSIMs in a wireless communication device support a connection to at least two wireless networks each using a particular RAT, the wireless communication device can be based on another criterion (such as at least two wireless networks) The characteristics of the link) prioritize each of the at least two wireless networks. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device compares one or more of the at least two wireless networks and prioritizes the order of the particular RAT based on the one or more product quality prioritizations. The wireless communication device can be based on signal quality and/or intensity metrics such as Received Signal Code Power (RSCP), Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI), and/or Another comparable quality) is prioritized to the link of the wireless network. When both the first wireless network and the second wireless network use the same RAT, the wireless communication device can be configured when the data link is established via the establishment of a second wireless network with lower signal strength/quality. To establish a link to the first wireless network with higher signal strength/quality.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置在建立資料連結時包括相較於較低資料速率對於較高資料速率之偏好,且無線通信裝置基於由每一無線網路之無線電存取技術提供之較高資料速率以優先排序之次序嘗試與關聯於多個SIM/eSIM之一或多個無線網路連結。使用共用較高最大資料速率之RAT之無線網路相較於使用供應較低最大資料速率之RAT之無線網路可為較佳的。在一些實施例中,對於每一RAT及/或每一無線網路可用之一系列資料速率可用於判定無線網路經嘗試以用於資料連結之次序。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a preference for a higher data rate when compared to a lower data rate when establishing a data link, and the wireless communication device is provided based on a higher radio access technology provided by each wireless network. The data rate is attempted in a prioritized order with one or more wireless network connections associated with multiple SIM/eSIMs. A wireless network using a RAT sharing a higher maximum data rate may be preferred over a wireless network using a RAT providing a lower maximum data rate. In some embodiments, a series of data rates available for each RAT and/or per wireless network can be used to determine the order in which the wireless network is attempted for data linking.

在一些實施例中,為建立資料連結,使用無線區域網路(WLAN)技術之無線網路(例如,Wi-Fi)相較於使用蜂巢式無線技術之無線網路(例如,LTE、UMTS、GPRS或CDMA EV-DO無線網路)可為較佳的。無 線通信裝置可包括支援使用WLAN技術之資料連結的無線電路系統及支援使用蜂巢式無線技術之資料連結的無線電路系統。無線通信裝置可偵測WLAN之可用性且可在嘗試建立與蜂巢式無線網路之資料連結之前嘗試建立與WLAN之資料連結。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可在建立與蜂巢式無線網路之資料連結之後偵測WLAN之可用性且可將資料連結自蜂巢式無線網路切換至WLAN。 In some embodiments, to establish a data link, a wireless network using wireless local area network (WLAN) technology (eg, Wi-Fi) is compared to a wireless network using cellular wireless technology (eg, LTE, UMTS, A GPRS or CDMA EV-DO wireless network may be preferred. no The line communication device may include a wireless circuit system that supports data connection using WLAN technology and a wireless circuit system that supports data connection using cellular wireless technology. The wireless communication device can detect the availability of the WLAN and can attempt to establish a data link with the WLAN before attempting to establish a data link with the cellular wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can detect the availability of the WLAN after establishing a data link with the cellular wireless network and can switch the data link from the cellular wireless network to the WLAN.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置偵測建立至蜂巢式無線網路之電路交換式語音連結之嘗試。在蜂巢式無線網路支援同時電路交換式語音連結及封包交換式資料連結時,無線通信裝置可優先排序建立至蜂巢式無線網路之資料連結(或切換現有資料連結)。在一些實施例中,在建立與無線網路之資料連結後,無線通信裝置可偵測用於已建立資料連結之信號品質之降級且作為回應可將資料連結切換至另一無線網路。在一些實施例中,偵測信號品質之降級可包括偵測與無線網路之資料連結的停用(OOS)狀況。在一些實施例中,偵測信號品質之降級可包括將資料連結之信號品質與信號品質臨限值比較。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device detects an attempt to establish a circuit switched voice link to the cellular wireless network. When the cellular wireless network supports simultaneous circuit switched voice links and packet switched data links, the wireless communication device can prioritize the establishment of data links to the cellular wireless network (or switch existing data links). In some embodiments, after establishing a data link with the wireless network, the wireless communication device can detect a degradation in signal quality for the established data link and in response can switch the data link to another wireless network. In some embodiments, degrading the quality of the detected signal may include detecting an out of service (OOS) condition associated with the data of the wireless network. In some embodiments, the degradation of the detected signal quality can include comparing the signal quality of the data link to the signal quality threshold.

圖19說明使用在包括多個SIM/eSIM之無線通信裝置處之複數個用戶識別支援並列通信之代表性方法1900。該方法包括無線通信裝置藉助於用於與第一SIM/eSIM相關聯之第一用戶識別的第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊建立與第一無線網路之連結。該連結可為以下中之一或多者:發信號連結、電路交換式連結及封包交換式連結。該方法進一步包括無線通信裝置藉助於用於與第二SIM/eSIM相關聯之第二用戶識別的第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在第二無線網路處註冊。在一些實施例中,第一無線網路及第二無線網路為與不同行動網路運營商(MNO)相關聯之相異的不同無線網路。在一些實施例中,第一無線網路及第二無線網路為相同無線網路。該方法進一步包括無線通信裝置藉助於第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊自第二無線網路接收射頻信號同 時亦藉助於第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與第一無線網路並列通信。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括射頻電路,該射頻電路的至少一部分由第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用以分別與第一無線網路及第二無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括第一射頻傳輸器,其可經組態以供第一或第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用以與第一或第二無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括第一射頻接收器,其經組態以供第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用以與第一無線網路通信,及第二射頻接收器,其經組態以供第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊使用以分別與第二無線網路通信。 19 illustrates a representative method 1900 of supporting parallel communication using a plurality of user identifications at a wireless communication device including a plurality of SIM/eSIMs. The method includes the wireless communication device establishing a connection with the first wireless network by means of a first wireless cellular protocol software stack for first user identification associated with the first SIM/eSIM. The link may be one or more of the following: a signaling connection, a circuit switched connection, and a packet switched connection. The method further includes the wireless communication device registering at the second wireless network with the second wireless cellular protocol software stack for the second user identification associated with the second SIM/eSIM. In some embodiments, the first wireless network and the second wireless network are different wireless networks that are distinct from different mobile network operators (MNOs). In some embodiments, the first wireless network and the second wireless network are the same wireless network. The method further includes the wireless communication device receiving the radio frequency signal from the second wireless network by means of the second wireless cellular protocol software stack The parallel communication with the first wireless network is also performed by means of the first wireless cellular protocol software stack. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a radio frequency circuit, at least a portion of which is shared by the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack to respectively communicate with the first wireless network and the second wireless Network communication. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a first RF transmitter configurable for use by the first or second wireless cellular protocol software stack to communicate with the first or second wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a first radio frequency receiver configured for use with the first wireless cellular protocol software stack to communicate with the first wireless network, and a second radio frequency receiver, the group of which is The state is used by the second wireless cellular protocol software stack to communicate with the second wireless network, respectively.

圖19中所說明之方法可由一或多個不同無線通信裝置(諸如,圖5A中所說明之雙SIM無線通信裝置502、圖5B中所說明之多SIM無線通信裝置522、圖5B中所說明之多eSIM無線通信裝置532、圖5B中所說明之多SIM/e-SIM無線通信裝置542/552、圖6中所說明之多eSIM無線通信裝置602、圖7A中所說明之雙SIM雙作用中(DSDA)無線通信裝置700、圖7B中所說明之雙SIM雙待(DSDS)無線通信裝置712/714、圖7C中所說明之多SIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置722、圖7C中所說明之多SIM/eSIM雙存取/雙待(DSDx)無線通信裝置732及/或圖8中所說明之雙SIM雙待/雙存取(DSDx)無線通信裝置802/810之一或多個變體)執行。在一些實施例中,執行圖19中所說明之方法的無線通信裝置包括:射頻無線電路系統,其包括至少一天線及耦接至該至少一天線之至少一射頻組件區塊,及至少一基頻處理器,其經組態以經由射頻無線電路系統傳輸及接收射頻信號且經組態以執行該方法之一或多個步驟。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括至少兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊,該至少兩個無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊共用射頻無線電路系統的至少一部分以用於與一或多個無線網路並列通信。在一些實施例中,射 頻無線電路系統之共用部分包括可經組態以與一或多個無線網路通信之傳輸器。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置中之每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經耦接至其自有的射頻無線接收器以允許並列的至少兩個相異用戶識別之射頻信號之並列接收。 The method illustrated in Figure 19 can be performed by one or more different wireless communication devices (such as the dual SIM wireless communication device 502 illustrated in Figure 5A, the multi-SIM wireless communication device 522 illustrated in Figure 5B, illustrated in Figure 5B). The plurality of eSIM wireless communication devices 532, the multiple SIM/e-SIM wireless communication devices 542/552 illustrated in FIG. 5B, the multiple eSIM wireless communication devices 602 illustrated in FIG. 6, and the dual SIM dual functions illustrated in FIG. 7A Medium (DSDA) wireless communication device 700, dual SIM dual standby (DSDS) wireless communication device 712/714 illustrated in FIG. 7B, multi-SIM dual access/dual to standby (DSDx) wireless communication device 722 illustrated in FIG. 7C The multiple SIM/eSIM dual access/dual to standby (DSDx) wireless communication device 732 illustrated in FIG. 7C and/or the dual SIM dual standby/dual access (DSDx) wireless communication device 802/810 illustrated in FIG. One or more variants) are executed. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device that performs the method illustrated in FIG. 19 includes: a radio frequency wireless circuit system including at least one antenna and at least one radio frequency component block coupled to the at least one antenna, and at least one base A frequency processor configured to transmit and receive radio frequency signals via radio frequency wireless circuitry and configured to perform one or more steps of the method. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes at least two wireless cellular protocol software stacks that share at least a portion of the radio frequency wireless circuitry for juxtaposition with one or more wireless networks Communication. In some embodiments, shooting The common portion of the frequency wireless circuitry includes a transmitter configurable to communicate with one or more wireless networks. In some embodiments, each wireless cellular protocol software stack in the wireless communication device is coupled to its own radio frequency wireless receiver to allow for parallel juxtaposition of at least two distinct user-identified radio frequency signals.

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可接收針對第二用戶識別的信號,同時亦傳輸及/或接收針對第一用戶識別的信號。因此,無線通信裝置可接收針對一個用戶識別之發信號訊息(諸如傳呼訊息、傳呼指示或廣播頻道訊息),同時亦維持另一用戶識別之連結。無線通信裝置可經組態以執行量測程序(例如,基於接收的參考信號)或針對一個無線網路執行下行鏈路同步程序同時亦與另一無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可經組態以同時與兩個無線網路通信,該兩個無線網路根據不同無線電存取技術(RAT)操作、使用一或多個不同射頻頻帶及/或使用一或多個不同射頻頻道。在一些實施例中,第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊駐留於相同處理器(例如,單一基頻處理器)中,且藉由軟體介面互連,經由該軟體介面,資訊可在無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間交換,(例如)以協調無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之操作及/或提供用於促進並列的無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之協作操作之資訊。在一些實施例中,無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊駐留於由硬體介面(軟體介面經由其可將無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊互連)互連的單獨處理器(例如,兩個或兩個以上不同的基頻處理器)中。用戶識別與相應的用戶識別模組(SIM)相關聯,該等SIM可安裝在可卸除式通用積體電路卡(UICC)上,可體現為嵌入式UICC(eUICC)上之電子SIM(eSIM),或可實現為UICC上之SIM與eUICC上之eSIM的組合。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can receive a signal for the second user identification while also transmitting and/or receiving a signal for the first user identification. Thus, the wireless communication device can receive a signaling message (such as a paging message, a paging indication, or a broadcast channel message) for a user identification while maintaining a link identified by another user. The wireless communication device can be configured to perform a measurement procedure (eg, based on a received reference signal) or to perform a downlink synchronization procedure for one wireless network while also communicating with another wireless network. In some embodiments, a wireless communication device can be configured to simultaneously communicate with two wireless networks that operate according to different radio access technologies (RATs), use one or more different radio frequency bands, and/or Or use one or more different RF channels. In some embodiments, the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack reside in the same processor (eg, a single baseband processor) and are interconnected by a software interface, via the software Interfaces, information can be exchanged between wireless cellular protocol software stacks, for example, to coordinate the operation of wireless cellular protocol software stacks and/or to provide information for facilitating the collaborative operation of parallel wireless cellular protocol software stacks. In some embodiments, the wireless cellular protocol software stack resides in a separate processor (eg, two or more different) interconnected by a hardware interface through which the wireless cellular stack software interconnect can be interconnected In the baseband processor). User identification is associated with a corresponding Subscriber Identity Module (SIM), which can be installed on a removable Universal Integrated Circuit Card (UICC), which can be embodied as an electronic SIM (eSIM) on an embedded UICC (eUICC) ), or can be implemented as a combination of the SIM on the UICC and the eSIM on the eUICC.

在一些實施例中,用於無線通信裝置之SIM可內部地駐留於無線通信裝置中(例如,在一或多個UICC上及/或作為無線通信裝置中 eUICC上之eSIM),及/或外部地駐留於(例如)如圖7C中之UICC配件單元724所展示之無線配件裝置中或在相當的UICC/eUICC無線配件裝置中。無線配件裝置可(例如)經由有線或無線介面(諸如圖7C中所說明之在無線通信裝置722/732與無線配件單元724之間的介面726)耦接至無線通信裝置。無線配件裝置中之第二SIM/eSIM可提供擴展無線通信裝置連結至無線網路的能力,無線通信裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM未經授權為向該無線網路提供連結。如圖7C中所展示,無線通信裝置中之一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊可與無線配件裝置通信,(例如)以經由有線/無線介面存取第二SIM/eSIM以交換資訊及/或獲得憑證,以此方式,無線通信裝置可使用來自第二SIM/eSIM之資訊/憑證經由無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在無線網路處註冊及/或連結至該無線網路。在代表性實施例中,無線通信裝置與無線配件裝置之間的介面使用低功率無線協定,例如Bluetooth®低能量無線通信協定。當無線通信裝置並非設計為包括多個UICC上之多個SIM(例如,包括僅用於單個可卸除式UICC之托架及/或使用eUICC上之內部eSIM而不支援另一可卸除式UICC上之另一SIM)時,無線配件裝置可提供存取第二SIM/eSIM。無線配件裝置大體上准許經由無線通信裝置對用於至無線網路之連結的SIM/eSIM的存取,其中所啟動之SIM/eSIM並非駐留於無線通信裝置中。在一些實施例中,駐留於無線配件裝置中之第二SIM/eSIM可作為駐留於無線通信裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM支援所有相同的功能。多個外部SIM/eSIM可駐留於無線配件裝置中。駐留於無線通信裝置中之第一「內部」SIM/eSIM可獨立於駐留於無線配件裝置中之第二「外部」SIM/eSIM而操作。在一些實施例中,(例如)當第二「外部」SIM/eSIM經啟用及/或啟動且第一「內部」SIM/eSIM未啟用及/或未啟動時,無線通信裝置可在「單一SIM/eSIM」舊版操作模式下使用第二「外部」SIM/eSIM。 In some embodiments, a SIM for a wireless communication device can reside internally in a wireless communication device (eg, on one or more UICCs and/or as a wireless communication device) The eSIM on the eUICC, and/or externally resides, for example, in a wireless accessory device as shown in the UICC accessory unit 724 of Figure 7C or in a comparable UICC/eUICC wireless accessory device. The wireless accessory device can be coupled to the wireless communication device, for example, via a wired or wireless interface, such as interface 726 between the wireless communication device 722/732 and the wireless accessory unit 724 illustrated in Figure 7C. The second SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device can provide the ability to extend the wireless communication device to connect to the wireless network, the first SIM/eSIM in the wireless communication device being unauthorized to provide a link to the wireless network. As shown in FIG. 7C, one of the wireless communication devices in the wireless communication device can communicate with the wireless accessory device, for example, to access the second SIM/eSIM via a wired/wireless interface to exchange information and/or obtain credentials. In this manner, the wireless communication device can register and/or link to the wireless network via the wireless cellular protocol software stack using the information/credential from the second SIM/eSIM. In a representative embodiment, the interface between the wireless communication device and the wireless accessory device uses a low power wireless protocol, such as a Bluetooth® low energy wireless communication protocol. When the wireless communication device is not designed to include multiple SIMs on multiple UICCs (eg, including a bay for a single removable UICC and/or using an internal eSIM on the eUICC without supporting another removable type) The wireless accessory device can provide access to the second SIM/eSIM when another SIM is on the UICC. The wireless accessory device generally permits access to the SIM/eSIM for connection to the wireless network via the wireless communication device, wherein the activated SIM/eSIM is not resident in the wireless communication device. In some embodiments, the second SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless accessory device can support all of the same functions as the first SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless communication device. A plurality of external SIM/eSIMs can reside in the wireless accessory device. The first "internal" SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless communication device can operate independently of the second "external" SIM/eSIM residing in the wireless accessory device. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can be in a "single SIM", for example, when the second "external" SIM/eSIM is enabled and/or activated and the first "internal" SIM/eSIM is not enabled and/or activated. /eSIM" uses the second "external" SIM/eSIM in the old operating mode.

無線配件裝置可經組態以支援駐留於無線配件裝置內以供獨立 無線通信裝置使用之一或多個SIM/eSIM。無線配件裝置及無線通信裝置可經由介面(諸如無線或有線介面)互連,資訊可經由該介面自無線配件裝置提供至無線通信裝置。代表性資訊可包括用於使用與無線配件裝置中之SIM/eSIM相關聯之用戶識別藉由無線網路驗證無線通信裝置的憑證。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括與無線配件裝置中之SIM/eSIM通信之無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊,其中SIM/eSIM經啟動以用於與無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括另一SIM/eSIM,其不經啟動用於與無線網路通信及/或經啟動以用於使用與關聯於無線配件裝置中之SIM/eSIM之用戶識別不同的用戶識別而與無線網路通信。在一些實施例中,無線配件裝置中之SIM/eSIM為安裝於可卸除式UICC上之SIM。在一些實施例中,SIM/eSIM為安裝於永久附著至無線配件裝置中之電路板之eUICC上的eSIM。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置與無線配件裝置之間的介面為無線介面,其可經組態以根據用於無線區域網路(WLAN)、無線個人區域網路(WPAN)、射頻識別(RFID)連結之無線通信協定或使用近場通信(NFC)操作。在一些實施例中,無線介面經組態以使用Bluetooth®低能量(BTLE)無線通信協定操作。在一些實施例中,介面為有線介面,其可經組態以根據通用串列匯流排之協定、LightningTM埠或乙太網路埠操作。 The wireless accessory device can be configured to support residing within the wireless accessory device for use by the standalone wireless communication device with one or more SIM/eSIMs. The wireless accessory device and the wireless communication device can be interconnected via an interface, such as a wireless or wired interface, via which information can be provided from the wireless accessory device to the wireless communication device. Representative information may include credentials for authenticating the wireless communication device over the wireless network using user identification associated with the SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a wireless cellular protocol software stack in communication with a SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device, wherein the SIM/eSIM is activated for communication with the wireless network. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes another SIM/eSIM that is not activated for communication with the wireless network and/or activated for use with a user identification associated with the SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device Different users recognize and communicate with the wireless network. In some embodiments, the SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device is a SIM installed on the removable UICC. In some embodiments, the SIM/eSIM is an eSIM that is mounted on an eUICC that is permanently attached to a circuit board in a wireless accessory device. In some embodiments, the interface between the wireless communication device and the wireless accessory device is a wireless interface that can be configured to be used for wireless local area network (WLAN), wireless personal area network (WPAN), radio frequency identification ( RFID) Linked wireless communication protocols or use Near Field Communication (NFC) operations. In some embodiments, the wireless interface is configured to operate using a Bluetooth® Low Energy (BTLE) wireless communication protocol. In some embodiments, the interface is a wired interface that can be configured to operate according to a protocol of a universal serial bus, Lightning (TM) or Ethernet (R) .

在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可經組態以在耦接至無線配件裝置時支援複數個用戶識別。無線通信裝置可包括射頻無線電路系統(例如,一或多個天線及一或多個射頻組件區塊)以用於與一或多個無線網路(包括蜂巢式無線網路)通信。無線通信裝置可包括經組態以經由射頻無線電路系統傳輸及接收射頻信號之一或多個基頻處理器。該一或多個基頻處理器可經組態以經由用於關聯於無線配件裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM之第一用戶識別的第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊建立與第一無線網路之連結。該一或多個基頻處理器可藉由以下方式建立與第 一無線網路之連結:藉助於介面自無線配件裝置中之第一SIM/eSIM獲得用於第一用戶識別之憑證及使用該等憑證藉由第一無線網路驗證無線通信裝置。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置亦可藉助於用於與第二SIM/eSIM相關聯之第二用戶識別之第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊在第二無線網路處註冊。如此組態之無線通信裝置可藉助於第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊自第二無線網路接收射頻信號,且可藉助於第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與第一無線網路並列通信。因此,無線通信裝置可使用第一SIM/eSIM(位於無線通信裝置中或位於無線配件裝置中)建立至一個無線網路之連結,同時亦使用第二SIM/eSIM(位於無線通信裝置中或位於無線配件裝置中)並行地在另一無線網路處註冊及自該另一無線網路接收信號。第一SIM/eSIM及第二SIM/eSIM可為安裝於可卸除式UICC上之SIM及/或可為安裝於eUICC上之eSIM。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置與無線配件裝置之組合可形成能夠充當雙SIM雙待或雙SIM雙作用中無線通信裝置之無線系統。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置可使用非共置於無線通信裝置中之兩個不同SIM/eSIM(例如,至少一SIM/eSIM駐留於無線配件裝置中)連結至兩個不同無線網路。在一些實施例中,在無經啟動之SIM/eSIM駐留於無線通信裝置中時,無線通信裝置可使用無線配件裝置中之SIM/eSIM連結至無線網路。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括單一基頻處理器,第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊利用其間的軟體介面在該單一基頻處理器上並行地執行。在一些實施例中,第一與第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的合作及/或協作可(例如)經由軟體介面上之資訊之交換及/或藉由經由基頻處理器中之額外軟體的控制藉助於其間的軟體介面而啟用。在一些實施例中,無線通信裝置包括管理第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之第一基頻處理器及管理第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之第二基頻處理器,其中第一基頻處理器及第二基 頻處理器藉由硬體介面互連。在一些實施例中,軟體介面可經由硬體介面在第一與第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間實現,且資訊可經交換以提供第一與第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間的合作及/或協作操作。 In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can be configured to support a plurality of user identifications when coupled to the wireless accessory device. The wireless communication device can include a radio frequency wireless circuitry (eg, one or more antennas and one or more radio component blocks) for communicating with one or more wireless networks, including a cellular wireless network. The wireless communication device can include one or more baseband processors configured to transmit and receive radio frequency signals via the radio frequency wireless circuitry. The one or more baseband processors are configurable to establish with the first wireless network via a first wireless cellular protocol software stack for first user identification associated with the first SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device Link. The one or more baseband processors can be established and A wireless network connection: obtaining a voucher for the first user identification from the first SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device by means of the interface and verifying the wireless communication device by the first wireless network using the voucher. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can also be registered at the second wireless network by means of a second wireless cellular protocol software stack for second user identification associated with the second SIM/eSIM. The wireless communication device thus configured can receive the radio frequency signal from the second wireless network by means of the second wireless cellular protocol software stack, and can communicate with the first wireless network in parallel by means of the first wireless cellular protocol software stack. Thus, the wireless communication device can establish a connection to a wireless network using the first SIM/eSIM (located in the wireless communication device or in the wireless accessory device) while also using the second SIM/eSIM (located in or located in the wireless communication device) The wireless accessory device is registered in parallel with and received from another wireless network. The first SIM/eSIM and the second SIM/eSIM may be SIMs installed on the removable UICC and/or may be eSIMs installed on the eUICC. In some embodiments, a combination of a wireless communication device and a wireless accessory device can form a wireless system capable of acting as a dual SIM dual standby or dual SIM dual active wireless communication device. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can connect to two different wireless networks using two different SIM/eSIMs that are not co-located in the wireless communication device (eg, at least one SIM/eSIM resides in the wireless accessory device). In some embodiments, the wireless communication device can connect to the wireless network using the SIM/eSIM in the wireless accessory device when the unactivated SIM/eSIM resides in the wireless communication device. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a single baseband processor, and the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack are executed in parallel on the single baseband processor using a software interface therebetween. In some embodiments, cooperation and/or cooperation between the first and second wireless cellular protocol software stacks may be via, for example, exchange of information via a software interface and/or by additional via a baseband processor. The control of the software is enabled by means of the software interface between them. In some embodiments, the wireless communication device includes a first baseband processor that manages the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and a second baseband processor that manages the second wireless cellular protocol software stack, wherein the first baseband processing And second base The frequency processor is interconnected by a hardware interface. In some embodiments, the software interface can be implemented between the first and second wireless cellular protocol software stacks via a hardware interface, and the information can be exchanged to provide a first and second wireless cellular protocol software stack Cooperative and / or collaborative operations.

可單獨或以任何組合使用所描述之實施例的各種態樣、實施例、實施或特徵。此外,所描述實施例之一些態樣可藉由軟體、硬體或藉由硬體及軟體之組合實施。所描述實施例亦可體現為儲存於非暫時性電腦可讀媒體上之電腦程式。電腦可讀媒體可與任何資料儲存裝置相關聯,該任何資料儲存裝置可儲存此後可由電腦或電腦系統讀取之資料。電腦可讀媒體之實例包括唯讀記憶體、隨機存取存儲器、CD-ROM、固態磁碟(SSD或快閃記憶體)、HDD、DVD、磁帶及光學資料儲存裝置。電腦可讀媒體亦可分佈於網路耦接之電腦系統上,使得電腦程式碼可以分佈式方式執行。 The various aspects, embodiments, implementations or features of the described embodiments can be used alone or in any combination. Moreover, some aspects of the described embodiments can be implemented by software, hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software. The described embodiments can also be embodied as a computer program stored on a non-transitory computer readable medium. The computer readable medium can be associated with any data storage device that can store data that can thereafter be read by a computer or computer system. Examples of computer readable media include read only memory, random access memory, CD-ROM, solid state disk (SSD or flash memory), HDD, DVD, magnetic tape, and optical data storage devices. The computer readable medium can also be distributed over a computer system coupled to the network so that the computer code can be executed in a distributed manner.

出於解釋之目的,前述描述使用特定命名法以提供對所描述實施例之徹底理解。然而,熟習此項技術者將顯而易見,不需要一些特定細節以實踐所描述之實施例。因此,出於說明及描述之目的在本文中呈現具體實施例之前述描述。此等描述並不意欲為詳盡的、全面的,或意欲將所描述實施例限制於所揭示之精確形式或細節。一般熟習此項技術者將顯而易見,鑒於以上教示,在不背離本發明之精神及範疇之情況下,多個修改及變化係可能的。 The foregoing description uses specific nomenclature to provide a thorough understanding of the described embodiments. However, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that <RTIgt; Accordingly, the foregoing description of the specific embodiments has been presented herein The description is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the details of the details. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many modifications and variations are possible without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

1600‧‧‧流程圖 1600‧‧‧flow chart

1602‧‧‧步驟 1602‧‧‧Steps

1604‧‧‧步驟 1604‧‧‧Steps

1606‧‧‧步驟 1606‧‧‧Steps

Claims (20)

一種用以在一無線通信裝置中支援複數個用戶識別之方法,該方法包含:藉由該無線通信裝置:在用於由一第一用戶識別模組提供之一第一用戶識別的一第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與用於由一第二用戶識別模組提供之一第二用戶識別的一第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之一集合;在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第一無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第一無線網路且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第二無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第二無線網路時,並行執行行動性管理任務之該集合;以及在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用自行動性管理任務之該集合的執行獲得之資訊。 A method for supporting a plurality of user identifications in a wireless communication device, the method comprising: by the wireless communication device: at a first user identification provided by a first user identification module a set of mobility management tasks between a wireless cellular protocol software stack and a second wireless cellular protocol software stack for use by a second user identification module to provide a second user identification; in the first wireless The cellular protocol software stack is associated with a first wireless network but not connected to the first wireless network and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with a second wireless network but is not coupled to the second The wireless network, the set of mobility management tasks are performed in parallel; and the execution of the set of self-mobility management tasks shared between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is obtained Information. 如請求項1之方法,其中:行動性管理任務之該集合包含搜尋一公眾陸地行動網路(PLMN),且在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之該集合係基於一無線電存取技術(RAT)或一射頻頻帶中之一或多者。 The method of claim 1, wherein: the set of mobility management tasks comprises searching for a public land mobile network (PLMN), and stacking the first wireless cellular protocol software stack with the second wireless cellular protocol software The set of inter-divided mobility management tasks is based on one or more of a Radio Access Technology (RAT) or a radio frequency band. 如請求項2之方法,其中執行行動性管理任務之該集合包含該無線通信裝置:經由該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊搜尋一第三代(3G)PLMN;以及 經由該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊搜尋一第二代(2G)PLMN。 The method of claim 2, wherein the set of performing the mobility management task comprises the wireless communication device: searching for a third generation (3G) PLMN via the first wireless cellular protocol software stack; Searching for a second generation (2G) PLMN via the second wireless cellular protocol software stack. 如請求項2之方法,其中執行行動性管理任務之該集合包含該無線通信裝置:經由該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經射頻頻帶之一第一集合搜尋一第四代(4G)PLMN;以及經由該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經射頻頻帶之一第二集合搜尋該4G PLMN,其中射頻頻帶之該第一集合及該第二集合為非重疊的。 The method of claim 2, wherein the set of performing the mobility management task comprises the wireless communication device: searching for a fourth generation (4G) PLMN via the first set of radio frequency bands via the first wireless cellular protocol software stack; And searching, by the second wireless cellular protocol software stack, the 4G PLMN via a second set of radio frequency bands, wherein the first set of radio frequency bands and the second set are non-overlapping. 如請求項1之方法,其中:其中行動性管理任務之該集合包含搜尋一公眾陸地行動網路(PLMN),且在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之該集合進一步包含根據與一各別用戶識別模組相關聯之無線電存取技術偏好將無線電存取技術分配至每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊以搜尋該PLMN。 The method of claim 1, wherein: wherein the set of mobility management tasks comprises searching for a public land mobile network (PLMN), and stacking the first wireless cellular protocol software stack with the second wireless cellular protocol software The grouping of the divided mobility management tasks further includes assigning a radio access technology to each wireless cellular protocol software stack to search for the PLMN based on radio access technology preferences associated with a respective subscriber identity module. 如請求項1之方法,其中:執行行動性管理任務之該集合包含該無線通信裝置量測相鄰小區;且在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之該集合係基於一無線電存取技術(RAT)、一射頻頻帶或每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之一無線電資源控制(RRC)狀態中之一或多者。 The method of claim 1, wherein: the set of performing the mobility management task includes the wireless communication device measuring the neighboring cell; and stacking the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack The set of inter-divided mobility management tasks is based on one or more of a Radio Access Technology (RAT), a radio frequency band, or one of the Radio Resource Control (RRC) states of each wireless cellular protocol software stack. 如請求項6之方法,其中該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一舊版第二代(2G)或第三代(3G)無線網路相關聯,且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第四代(4G)長期演進(LTE)或先進長期演進 (LTE-A)無線網路相關聯,且其中該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測2G或3G相鄰小區且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測LTE或LTE-A相鄰小區。 The method of claim 6, wherein the first wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with an old second generation (2G) or third generation (3G) wireless network, and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is And a fourth generation (4G) long term evolution (LTE) or advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) wireless network associated, and wherein the first wireless cellular protocol software stack measures 2G or 3G neighbor cells and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack measures LTE or LTE-A neighbor cells . 如請求項6之方法,其中該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測長期演進(LTE)分頻雙工(FDD)相鄰小區,且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測LTE分時雙工(TDD)相鄰小區。 The method of claim 6, wherein the first wireless cellular protocol software stack measures Long Term Evolution (LTE) frequency division duplex (FDD) neighboring cells, and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack measures LTE time division Duplex (TDD) neighboring cells. 如請求項1之方法,其中執行行動性管理任務之該集合包含該無線通信裝置:量測相鄰小區,及量測伺服小區,且每一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊量測一相關聯伺服小區。 The method of claim 1, wherein the set of performing the mobility management task comprises the wireless communication device: measuring the neighboring cell, and measuring the servo cell, and each wireless cellular protocol software stack measuring an associated serving cell . 如請求項1之方法,其中該第一用戶識別模組及該第二用戶識別模組各自與作為一伺服電訊廠商或作為一漫遊電訊廠商之相同無線網路提供者相關聯。 The method of claim 1, wherein the first subscriber identity module and the second subscriber identity module are each associated with a same wireless network provider as a servo telecommunications vendor or as a roaming telecommunications vendor. 如請求項10之方法,其中在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的該資訊包含相鄰小區清單、禁用小區清單及廣播系統資訊中之一或多者。 The method of claim 10, wherein the information shared between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack includes one of a neighbor cell list, a disabled cell list, and a broadcast system information. Or more. 如請求項10之方法,其中在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的該資訊包含實體層資訊或無線電路系統設定以用於與該第一無線網路或該第二無線網路之一或多個小區通信。 The method of claim 10, wherein the information shared between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack includes physical layer information or wireless circuitry settings for use with the first The wireless network or one or more cells of the second wireless network communicate. 如請求項12之方法,其中該第一無線網路及該第二無線網路為完全相同的無線網路,該第一蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊及該第二蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊各自與該相同無線網路之相同小區相關聯,且該共用資訊包含實體層資訊或無線電路系統設定以用於與該相同無線網路之該相同小區通信。 The method of claim 12, wherein the first wireless network and the second wireless network are identical wireless networks, and the first cellular protocol software stack and the second cellular protocol software stack are each identical to the same The same cell of the wireless network is associated, and the shared information includes physical layer information or wireless circuitry settings for communicating with the same cell of the same wireless network. 如請求項10之方法,其中在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用的該資訊包含用於一小區重選處理程序或一小區切換處理程序之目標小區資訊。 The method of claim 10, wherein the information shared between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack comprises a cell reselection processing procedure or a cell handover processing procedure. Target cell information. 如請求項14之方法,其中該目標小區資訊包含同步參數、射頻值及無線電路系統設定中之一或多者以用於與一目標小區通信。 The method of claim 14, wherein the target cell information comprises one or more of a synchronization parameter, a radio frequency value, and a wireless circuit system setting for communicating with a target cell. 如請求項1之方法,其中該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一舊版第二代(2G)或第三代(3G)無線網路相關聯,且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第四代(4G)長期演進(LTE)或先進長期演進(LTE-A)無線網路相關聯,且該共用資訊包含用於一電路交換回退(CSFB)程序或一單無線電語音呼叫連續性(SRVCC)程序之小區量測或無線電路系統設定。 The method of claim 1, wherein the first wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with an old second generation (2G) or third generation (3G) wireless network, and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack is Associated with a fourth generation (4G) Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) wireless network, and the shared information includes a Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) procedure or a single radio voice call Cell measurement or wireless circuit system setting for continuity (SRVCC) procedures. 一種無線通信裝置,其經組態以支援複數個用戶識別,該無線通信裝置包含:射頻無線電路系統,其包括耦接至其上之至少一個天線及至少一個射頻組件區塊;及至少一個基頻處理器,其經由該射頻無線電路系統傳輸及接收射頻信號;其中該至少一個基頻處理器經組態以:在用於由一第一用戶識別模組提供之一第一用戶識別的一第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與用於由一第二用戶識別模組提供之一第二用戶識別的一第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之一集合;在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第一無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第一無線網路且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第二無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第二無線網路時,並行執行行動性管理任務之該集合;以及 在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用自行動性管理任務之該集合的執行獲得之資訊。 A wireless communication device configured to support a plurality of user identifications, the wireless communication device comprising: a radio frequency wireless circuitry comprising at least one antenna coupled to the at least one radio frequency component block; and at least one base a frequency processor that transmits and receives radio frequency signals via the radio frequency wireless circuitry; wherein the at least one baseband processor is configured to: identify one of the first user identifications provided by a first subscriber identity module a set of mobility management tasks between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and a second wireless cellular protocol software stack for use by a second user identification module to provide a second user identification; a wireless cellular protocol software stack associated with a first wireless network but not connected to the first wireless network and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack associated with a second wireless network but not connected to the The second wireless network, in parallel performing the set of mobility management tasks; Information obtained from execution of the set of mobility management tasks is shared between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack. 如請求項17之無線通信裝置,其中:行動性管理任務之該集合包含搜尋一公眾陸地行動網路(PLMN);該至少一個基頻處理器基於一無線電存取技術(RAT)及一射頻頻帶中之一或多者在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之該集合;且該至少一基頻處理器藉由以下操作執行行動性管理任務之該集合:經由該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊搜尋一第三代(3G)PLMN,以及經由該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊搜尋一第二代(2G)PLMN。 The wireless communication device of claim 17, wherein: the set of mobility management tasks comprises searching for a public land mobile network (PLMN); the at least one baseband processor is based on a radio access technology (RAT) and a radio frequency band One or more of the set of mobility management tasks are divided between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack; and the at least one baseband processor is executed by The set of mobility management tasks: searching for a third generation (3G) PLMN via the first wireless cellular protocol software stack, and searching for a second generation (2G) PLMN via the second wireless cellular protocol software stack. 如請求項17之無線通信裝置,其中:行動性管理任務之該集合包含搜尋一公眾陸地行動網路(PLMN);該至少一基頻處理器基於一無線電存取技術(RAT)及一射頻頻帶中之一或多者在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之該集合;且該至少一基頻處理器藉由以下操作執行行動性管理任務之該集合:經由該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經射頻頻帶之一第一集合搜尋一第四代(4G)PLMN,以及經由該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊經射頻頻帶之一第二 集合搜尋該4G PLMN,其中射頻頻帶之該第一集合及該第二集合為非重疊的。 The wireless communication device of claim 17, wherein: the set of mobility management tasks comprises searching for a public land mobile network (PLMN); the at least one baseband processor is based on a radio access technology (RAT) and a radio frequency band One or more of the set of mobility management tasks are divided between the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the second wireless cellular protocol software stack; and the at least one baseband processor is executed by The set of mobility management tasks: searching for a fourth generation (4G) PLMN via the first set of radio frequency bands via the first wireless cellular protocol software stack, and stacking radio frequency bands via the second wireless cellular protocol software stack One of the second The set searches for the 4G PLMN, wherein the first set of radio frequency bands and the second set are non-overlapping. 一種其上儲存有電腦程式碼之非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,當該電腦程式碼由實施於一無線通信裝置上之一或多個處理器執行時,導致該無線通信裝置進行以下操作:在用於由一第一用戶識別模組提供之一第一用戶識別的一第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與用於由一第二用戶識別模組提供之一第二用戶識別的一第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間劃分行動性管理任務之一集合;在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第一無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第一無線網路且該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與一第二無線網路相關聯但未連結至該第二無線網路時,並行執行行動性管理任務之該集合;以及在該第一無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊與該第二無線蜂巢式協定軟體堆疊之間共用自行動性管理任務之該集合的執行獲得之資訊。 A non-transitory computer readable storage medium having computer code stored thereon, when the computer code is executed by one or more processors implemented on a wireless communication device, causing the wireless communication device to: a first wireless cellular protocol software stack for use by a first user identification module for first user identification and a second user identification for a second user identification module provided by a second user identification module a set of mobility management tasks between the wireless cellular protocol software stacks; the first wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with a first wireless network but not connected to the first wireless network and the second When the wireless cellular protocol software stack is associated with a second wireless network but not connected to the second wireless network, the set of mobility management tasks is performed in parallel; and the first wireless cellular protocol software stack and the The second wireless cellular protocol software stack shares information obtained from the execution of the set of mobility management tasks.
TW104116712A 2014-05-30 2015-05-25 Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device TWI587666B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/078913 WO2015180128A1 (en) 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201601505A true TW201601505A (en) 2016-01-01
TWI587666B TWI587666B (en) 2017-06-11

Family

ID=54697905

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104116712A TWI587666B (en) 2014-05-30 2015-05-25 Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI587666B (en)
WO (1) WO2015180128A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11382003B2 (en) * 2018-03-27 2022-07-05 Mediatek Inc. Apparatuses and methods for coordinating communication operations associated with a plurality of subscriber identities
WO2021003612A1 (en) * 2019-07-05 2021-01-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Mobility management method and apparatus, and terminal
CN115175112B (en) * 2021-04-01 2023-11-21 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Network control method and device, mobile terminal and storage medium
WO2023004728A1 (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-02-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Node b measurement sharing
US11606732B1 (en) 2021-09-08 2023-03-14 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Coverage improvement for 5G new radio wireless communication network, such as for over-shooting cells
US11800382B1 (en) 2021-09-08 2023-10-24 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Coverage improvement for 5G new radio wireless communication network

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100442898C (en) * 2007-12-07 2008-12-10 嘉兴闻泰通讯科技有限公司 Power on and network search method for dual-card and dual-standby mobile phone
CN101977437A (en) * 2010-07-23 2011-02-16 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Multi-card mobile terminal and system message receiving method thereof
BR102012019362A2 (en) * 2012-03-15 2015-05-05 Mediatek Inc Method for sharing network information and communication devices using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI587666B (en) 2017-06-11
WO2015180128A1 (en) 2015-12-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI586121B (en) Methods and apparatus to manage data connections for multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
TWI583238B (en) Methods and apparatus to support parallel communication for multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
TWI571085B (en) Methods and apparatus to support multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
TWI559788B (en) Methods and apparatus to reuse wireless circuitry for multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
TWI587666B (en) Methods and apparatus for synergy among multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
EP2824870B1 (en) Wireless local area network discovery and selection method, device and system, and terminal
US10749806B2 (en) Method and apparatus for effective wireless LAN selection
TW201830922A (en) Systems and methods for maintaining service on multiple sims in a wireless communication device operating in a multi-sim multi-standby (msms) mode
EP2910055A2 (en) Inter-system call switching between co-existence wireless systems
JP2014529240A (en) Method and apparatus for using a non-access layer procedure in a mobile station to access component carrier resources belonging to different radio access technologies
US10470093B2 (en) Connection attempt to alternative access upon connection attempt rejection
ES2824459T3 (en) Communication device and method therein to select cell and radio access technology in wireless communication network
KR20150109457A (en) Network switching method and device
WO2015180140A1 (en) Apparatus to support subscriber identity modules in a wireless accessory device
WO2014075292A1 (en) Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources
CN113676922A (en) Terminal device cooperation method and device
WO2013034029A1 (en) Multi-mode user equipment access method, base station and multi-mode user equipment
CN104770019B (en) The method and apparatus for realizing cellular network and Wireless LAN interoperability
US20220417728A1 (en) Method and apparatus for radio access network based notification area update
WO2017003357A1 (en) Device identification in interworking wlan and wide-area cellular networks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees